Home Blog Page 2

An artificial intelligence model could predict side effects resulting from new combination therapies


Preliminary data from an artificial intelligence model could potentially predict side effects resulting from new combination therapies, according to findings presented at the AACR’s 2022 Annual Meeting, held April 8-13.

Clinicians are challenged by the real world problem that new combination therapies could lead to unpredictable results. Our approach can help us understand the relationship between the effects of different drugs in relation to the disease context.”

Bart Westerman, PhD, lead study author and associate professor at Cancer Center Amsterdam

Many types of cancer are increasingly being treated with combination therapies, through which clinicians attempt to maximize efficacy and minimize the risk of treatment resistance. However, these combination therapies can add multiple drugs at once to a patient’s already complicated medication list. Clinical trials that test new drugs or combinations rarely consider other drugs a patient may be taking outside of the drug regimen being tested.

“Patients seeking treatment typically use four to six drugs a day, making it difficult to decide whether a new combination therapy would risk their health,” Westerman said. “It can be difficult to assess whether the positive effect of a combination therapy will justify its negative side effects for a certain patient.”

Westerman and his colleagues, including graduate student Aslı Küçükosmanoğlu, who presented the study, sought to use machine learning to better predict adverse events resulting from new drug combinations. They collected data from the US Food and Drug Administration’s Adverse Event Reporting System (FAERS), a database containing more than 15 million adverse event records. Using a method called dimensionality reduction, they grouped together events that occur frequently to simplify analysis and strengthen associations between a drug and its side effect profile.

The researchers then fed the data into a convolutional neural network algorithm, a type of machine learning that mimics the way human brains make associations between data. Adverse events from individual therapies were then used to train the algorithm, which identified common patterns between the drugs and their side effects. Recognized patterns have been encoded in a so-called “latent space” which simplifies calculations by representing each adverse event profile as a string of 225 numbers between 0 and 1, which can be decoded back to the profile of origin.

To test their model, the researchers fed their model adverse event profiles of combination therapies, called an “adverse event atlas”, to see if it could recognize these new profiles and decode them correctly using the descriptors of latent space. This showed that the model could recognize these new patterns, demonstrating that the measured combination profiles could be converted back to those of each drug in the combination therapy.

This, Westerman said, demonstrated that the adverse effects of combination therapy could be easily predicted. “We were able to determine the sum of the individual therapeutic effects through a simple algebraic calculation of the latent space descriptors,” he explained. “Because this approach reduces noise in the data because the algorithm is trained to recognize global patterns, it can accurately capture the side effects of combination therapies.”

Westerman and colleagues then validated their model by comparing the predicted adverse event profiles of combination therapies to those observed clinically. Using data from FAERS and the US Clinical Trials Database, the researchers showed that the model could accurately recapitulate adverse event profiles for some commonly used combination therapies.

A complicating factor of combination therapies is the new, potentially unforeseen side effects that can occur when drugs are combined. Using additive patterns as identified by the model, researchers were able to differentiate additive side effects from synergistic side effects of drug combinations. This, Westerman said, can help them better understand what might happen when complex adverse event patterns intertwine.

The researchers are developing a statistical approach to quantify the accuracy of their model. “Since the landscape of drug interactions is very complex and involves many molecular, macromolecular, cellular and organic processes, our approach is unlikely to lead to black-and-white decisions,” Westerman said. “The Adverse Events Atlas is still in the proof-of-concept phase, but the most important discovery is that we were able to get snapshots of the interaction of drugs, diseases and the human body as described by millions of patients.”

Limitations of this study include potential difficulties in comparing these data with more sparse data, as well as the limited application of the model to clinical practice until further validation is provided.


American Association for Cancer Research

Natural Gas on Three-Week Bull as U.S. Pipe Imports Strengthen – Spotlight on Mexico


North American natural gas futures prices breached the $6.00/MMBtu high this week as supply concerns and soaring global demand for natural gas combined to tighten the market.

After strong gains on Monday and Tuesday, the May New York Mercantile Exchange futures contract settled at $6.029 on Wednesday, down three tenths of a cent from Tuesday’s close. June was virtually unchanged at $6.107.

This is three straight weeks of strong momentum for US natural gas prices, and analysts see no slowing down. Until there is clear evidence of increased U.S. production growth, “upside limits are somewhat free without Mother Nature stepping in and relieving market players with a short-term interest,” Mobius Risk Group said.

U.S. supply is seen as sluggish, even in the Permian Basin, a key supply point for Mexican natural gas. The Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. (TPH) analyst team noted that although the Permian Basin has recently reached highs near 15 billion cubic feet per day, overall supply has been constrained by compared to its expectations for this time of year.

While Lower 48 gas producers stick to capital discipline, European imports of U.S. liquefied natural gas (LNG) have continued at record highs. Mexico, meanwhile, is moving into its months of stronger demand, with April seeing an uptick in U.S. pipeline imports.

“After two months of stagnation, U.S. pipeline imports rebounded in April,” Wood Mackenzie analyst Ricardo Falcón said. NGI Mexico GPI. Wood Mackenzie has pipeline US gas imports from Mexico of about 5.8 billion cubic feet per day so far this month. NGI calculated that on Thursday, Mexico imported 5.79 billion cubic feet from the United States.

“Gas burns for power generation are the primary driver of incremental volumes, signaling the fundamental shift that typically occurs at the start of summer,” Falcón said. He added that Mexican dry gas production remains strong and is at an April year-to-date average of nearly 2.9 Bcf/d.

This “gives way to some gas-to-gas competition on the supply side.” But, “it is not clear to what extent these levels will be maintained during this season,” he added.

Price increase

Data released on Thursday showed that inflation in Mexico reached 7.45% during the 1st quarter of 2022, the highest level for this period in two decades. Fuel prices led the gains, according to national statistics institute INEGI.

According to an energy sector professional, the lack of permits for private sector companies both to import fuels and for storage has exacerbated price and energy security concerns.

[Your Perspective Matters: Take this 2-minute market survey and contribute to price transparency in Mexico. NGI’s survey of active players in the Mexican natural gas market tracks the evolution of the industry over the last four years. Take the survey now. ]

Regulatory developments

Mexico’s Supreme Court is expected to rule soon on the legality of amendments to the Electricity Industry Law (LIE) approved in congress last year. Discussions on the subject between the 11 judges began earlier this week.

The LIE is seeking to give the state-owned utility Comisión Federal de Electricidad (CFE) priority over its competitors in the distribution of the country’s electricity. If approved, the LEL would likely impact natural gas demand as more fuel oil would be used in the country’s generation mix, according to market participants.

Mexicans will also head to the polls this weekend to decide whether President Andrés Manuel López Obrador should continue in office. The vote is expected to see a low turnout with “active mobilization of voters by the administration and the ruling Morena party”, according to analysts at Eurasia Group. They said the vote would likely result in “a landslide but inconsequential victory” for the president.

The recall referendum was an idea of ​​the president. López Obardor’s approval rating remains high at around 57%. Meanwhile, “any fear that López Obrador could use the referendum to stay in power after his term ends in 2024 is unfounded. The president has clearly and repeatedly stated that he will not attempt this,” the analysts said.

Spot price in Mexico

In Mexico, NGI natural gas spot prices in the industrial northeast jumped well above $6.00 this week. On Wednesday, Los Ramones rose 32.1 cents to $6,748. Monterrey through the Mier-Monterrey system rose 31.7 cents to $6.523. Tuxpan to Veracruz via Cenagas saw the spot price rise 31.6 cents to $7.281.

In the West, the price of Guadalajara rose 35.2 cents to $7,162. Farther north in El Encino, prices via Tarahumara were $6,431, 39.3 cents higher than the previous day. On the Yucatán Peninsula, the spot price in Mérida was $7.991 on Wednesday, up 31.0 cents.


Mexico’s Sistrangas five-day line pack average was again low this week, hitting 6,381 Bcf on Wednesday (April 6). This is less than the optimal line pack of 6.86 to 7.29 Bcf needed to ensure sufficient pressure in the system. The network operator Cenagas advised users to maintain injections and offtakes at their contractual quantities under pain of penalties.

Demand on Sistrangas on Wednesday was 4.620 Bcf, up from 4.636 Bcf a day earlier. Mexican gas production injected into the system was 1.265 billion cubic feet, up from 1.263 billion cubic feet a week earlier.

Production from the Southeast led the total, with 703MMcf from the region injected into the pipeline network, down 11MMcf from the previous week.

According to calculations by consulting firm Gadex, pipeline imports from the United States into the Sistrangas were 3.330 billion cubic feet on Wednesday, up from 3.387 billion cubic feet a week earlier. LNG imports into the Sistrangas were 10 MMcf.

Gas storage in the United States

On Thursday, the US Energy Information Administration (EIA) reported a withdrawal of 33 billion cubic feet of natural gas for the week ending April. The print exceeded analysts’ expectations.

The South Central region saw a pull of 8,100,000 cu ft, which was evenly split between non-saline and saline facilities. Until Mexico develops storage capacity, this is the most readily available storage system for the country.

For the week ending April 1, total working gas in the south central region was 589 billion cubic feet, compared to 765 billion cubic feet in the same period a year ago. The figure was also 150 billion cubic feet lower than the average of 739 billion cubic feet stored for the same day between 2018 and 2022, the EIA said.

Scientists unveil biological mechanisms of severe COVID


Newswise – CHAPEL HILL, NC – The vast majority of people infected with the omicron variant of SARS-CoV-2 have mild cold-like symptoms, moderate flu-like symptoms, or no symptoms at all, but the virus is so transmissible that it has yet to spread deep into lung tissue to cause serious illness and death in thousands of people in the United States in 2022 alone. Researchers from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill have revealed the biological reasons for disease progression and why a certain population of asthma patients is less susceptible to severe COVID.

This research, published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, illustrates the importance of a well-known cytokine called interleukin-13 (IL-13) in protecting cells against SARS-CoV-2, which helps explain the mystery of why people with allergic asthma fared better than the general population despite a chronic lung condition. The same cannot be said for people with other illnesses, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) or emphysema, who are at very high risk for severe COVID.

“We knew there had to be a biomechanical reason why people with allergic asthma seemed more protected against serious disease,” said lead author Camille Ehre, PhD, assistant professor of pediatrics at UNC School. of Medicine and a member of UNC Marsico Lung. Institute. “Our research team discovered a number of important cellular changes, particularly due to IL-13, which lead us to conclude that IL-13 plays a unique role in the defense against SARS infection. -CoV-2 in certain patient populations.

Although cytokines like IL-13 cannot be used as therapies because they trigger inflammation, it is important to understand the natural molecular pathways cells use to protect themselves from invading pathogens because these studies have the potential to reveal new therapeutic targets.

There are many health factors that increase the risk of severe COVID, including chronic lung diseases such as COPD, but as the pandemic continued epidemiologists found people with allergic asthma were less likely to contract a serious illness.

“These are asthma patients caused by allergens, such as mold, pollen, and dander,” said Ehre, who is also a fellow at the UNC Children’s Research Institute. “To find out why they are less sensitive, we studied specific cellular mechanisms in primary cultures of human airway epithelial cells.”

The experiments were led by co-first authors Cameron Morrison, a medical student in Ehre’s lab, and Caitlin Edwards, a research assistant and MPH student in the lab of Ralph Baric, PhD, Kenan Distinguished Professor of Epidemiology at the ‘UNC Gillings School of Global Public Health and Professor in the UNC Department of Microbiology and Immunology in the UNC School of Medicine.

Researchers used genetic analysis of cultures of human respiratory tract cells infected with SARS-CoV-2 to find that expression of the human ACE2 protein governed the types of cells infected and the amount of virus found in this population. cellular (also known as “viral load”. . )

The scientists then used electron microscopy (EM) to identify an intense exodus of virus from infected hair cells, which are cells responsible for moving mucus along the surface of the airways. ME also revealed severe cytopathogenesis – changes inside human cells due to viral infection. And these changes result in hair cells (filled with virions) that detach from the surface of the airways.

“This shedding is what provides a large viral reservoir for the spread and transmission of SARS-CoV-2,” Ehre said. “It also appears to increase the potential for infected cells to travel to deeper lung tissue.”

Further experiments on infected airway cells revealed that a major mucus protein called MUC5AC was depleted inside the cells, likely because the proteins were being secreted in an attempt to trap invading viruses. But the viral load kept increasing because the cells responsible for producing MUC5AC were overwhelmed by an endemic viral infection.

Researchers knew from epidemiological studies that allergic asthma patients – known to overproduce MUC5AC – were less susceptible to severe COVID. Ehre and his colleagues also knew that the cytokine IL-13 increased MUC5AC secretion in the lungs when asthma patients were challenged with an allergen.

The scientists decided to mimic asthmatic airways by treating human airway cells with IL-13. They then measured viral titers, viral mRNA, shedding rate of infected cells, and total number of infected cells. Each was significantly diminished. They found that this remained true even when the mucus was removed from the cultures, suggesting that other factors were involved in the protective effects of IL-13 against SARS-CoV-2.

Mass RNA sequencing analyzes revealed that IL-13 upregulated genes that control glycoprotein synthesis, ion transport and antiviral processes – all of which are important in airway immune defense. They also showed that IL-13 reduced expression of the viral receptor, ACE2, as well as the amount of virus inside cells and viral cell-to-cell transmission.

Taken together, these results indicate that IL-13 significantly affected viral entry into cells, replication inside cells, and virus spread, thereby limiting the ability of the virus to work its way deeper. in the airways to trigger serious illness.

“We believe this research further shows how important it is to treat SARS-CoV-2 infection as early as possible,” Ehre said. “And it shows how important the specific mechanisms involving ACE2 and IL-13 are, as we do our best to protect patients from developing serious infections.”

Other authors of the PNAS paper are Kendall Shaffer, Kenza Araba, Jason Wykoff, Danielle Williams, Takanori Asakura, Hong Dang, Lisa Morton, Rodney Gilmore, Wanda O’Neal and Ric Boucher, all at UNC-Chapel Hill.

This research was supported by grants from the National Institutes of Health and Vertex Pharmaceuticals.

Mini-livers on a chip | Eurek alert!


image: Researchers from the Gladstone Institutes have designed a new platform to study how the human immune system responds to hepatitis C infection by combining microfluidic technology with liver organoids.
to see Continued

Credit: Photo: Michael Short/Gladstone Institutes

SAN FRANCISCO, CA—April 6, 2022—A hepatitis C vaccine has eluded scientists for more than 30 years, for several reasons. For one thing, the virus that causes the disease comes in many genetic forms, making it difficult to create a broadly effective vaccine. On the other hand, the study of hepatitis C has been difficult because the options in animals are limited and the laboratory methods using infected cells have not sufficiently reflected the real dynamics of the infection.

Now, researchers from the Gladstone Institutes have developed a new platform to study how the human immune system responds to hepatitis C infection. The method, featured in the scientific journal Open Biology, marries microfluidic technology (which allows scientists to precisely manipulate fluids on a microscopic scale) with liver organoids (clumps of three-dimensional cells that mimic the biology of real human livers).

“The 3D structure and cellular composition of liver organoids allows us to study viral entry and replication in a very physiologically relevant way,” says Gladstone Senior Investigator Todd McDevitt, PhD, a senior author of the new study.

“Our approach allows for a more controlled and precise investigation of the immune response to hepatitis C infection,” says Melanie Ott, MD, PhD, director of the Gladstone Institute of Virology and another lead author of the study. “We hope our method will accelerate the discovery of a much-needed vaccine.”

Recreate the interaction between liver and immune cells

The hepatitis C virus targets the liver. After the initial infection, some people recover with few or no symptoms, but others have a lifelong infection that can lead to serious liver disease. Medicines can successfully treat hepatitis C, but may be difficult to access or afford, and a person who has been treated may become reinfected later.

“An effective vaccine would train the immune system and prevent reinfection with one of the most common forms of the virus,” says Camille Simoneau, PhD, the study’s co-lead author and postdoctoral researcher in Ott’s lab. “It would have enormous public health benefits around the world.”

To develop such a vaccine, scientists need detailed knowledge of how the liver interacts with the hepatitis C virus and the immune system, in particular immune system T cells. However, it has proven quite difficult to get individual liver cells to interact with the virus in a way that realistically mirrors what might be happening in an infected person’s body.

In recent years, thanks in large part to advances made by McDevitt and other Gladstone researchers, 3D liver organoids have emerged to provide new, more biologically realistic opportunities to study the interaction between liver cells, the virus of the hepatitis C and T cells. Yet the challenges persisted.

“So far, we’ve observed these interactions in relatively large fluid droplets,” says Vaishaali Natarajan, PhD, study co-lead author and former Gladstone postdoctoral fellow in McDevitt’s lab. “But it’s difficult to track individual organoids in the droplets, which limits what we can learn from them.”

So the researchers decided to move the whole system onto a microfluidic chip, a device with a network of tiny channels that allows precise control of the positioning of the organoids and allows researchers to better observe their interaction with their environment.

In the new system, liver organoids from adult stem cells are embedded at fixed positions in channels on the chip. Meanwhile, fluid-suspended T cells are able to move freely through the channels and interact with organoids, similar to the movement of blood-borne T cells in true liver tissue. Because the organoids are fixed in place, researchers can monitor them and T cells over time using standard microscopy techniques.

“For the first time, we can closely observe these cellular interactions in a laboratory environment in a way that is biologically more faithful to the tissues involved in hepatitis C infection,” says Ott.

Preparing the ground for discovery

To demonstrate the promise of their new system, the researchers first wanted to confirm that it could emulate the recognition of infected liver cells by T cells.

So they cultured liver organoids and exposed them to a specific molecule found in the hepatitis C virus. After exposure, the organoid cells presented this molecule on their surface, as they would after an infection. The researchers then integrated the organoids into a microfluidic chip and introduced T cells into their environment.

These T cells, developed by Ann Erickson in lead author Stewart Cooper’s lab at the California Pacific Medical Center Research Institute, were trained to recognize the molecule on the surface of organoids.

Sure enough, the T cells detected the organoid cells that presented the viral molecule and traveled through the microfluidic channels to kill them, just as they could target and kill infected cells in the body to fight hepatitis C.

Because researchers can precisely modify the microfluidic environment by adding or removing substances, the platform could also be used to explore many additional aspects of hepatitis C infection in unprecedented detail.

“Our study suggests that our approach could be used to identify and study other viral molecules that elicit strong immune responses and have the potential to form the basis of new vaccines,” McDevitt says. “I’m excited to see where this combination of organoids and microfluidics will lead next.”


About the study

The paper “Modeling T cell immunity against hepatitis C virus with liver organoids in a microfluidic coculture system” was published by Open biologya journal of the Royal Society, March 2, 2022.

Other authors are Nathan Meyers of Gladstone and Jody Baron of UC San Francisco.

The work was supported by the National Institutes of Health (grants R01 AI097552-01A1, DP1D A038043-01, and RO1 DK064051), the Technical Training Foundation, the Ibrahim El-Hefni Liver Biorepository, and the Raab Foundation.

About Gladstone Institutes

For our work to do the greatest good, Gladstone Institutes focuses on conditions with profound medical, economic and social impact – unresolved diseases. Gladstone is an independent, not-for-profit life science research organization that uses visionary science and technology to defeat disease. It has an academic affiliation with the University of California, San Francisco.

SpaceX app to expand Starship Texas facilities withdrawn by USACE


Spacecraft prototype 20 stacked on top of the Super Heavy 4 booster at the company’s facilities in Boca Chica, Texas.


The US Army Corps of Engineers has withdrawn SpaceX’s request to expand launch facilities in Boca Chica, Texas, after the company failed to provide environmental information requested by the agency, documents show. obtained by CNBC.

SpaceX was seeking approvals to build a new launch pad, landing pad and other launch-related infrastructure that would support its existing reusable launch operations at South Texas facilities.

The expansion would have been built on approximately 17 acres including wetlands and mudflats.

The Army Corps of Engineers is responsible for monitoring wetland development under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act. In this role, the Corps ensures that developers do not harm natural resources and drinking water, or cause stress to endangered species and their habitat when alternative sites or approaches could be used instead. .

In a letter to SpaceX dated March 7, 2022, the US Army Corps of Engineers said that after repeated requests for specific environmental impact information, Elon Musk’s aerospace company had not clarified how it could build its facilities differently, or if it could locate them elsewhere to minimize damage to wetlands, water and wildlife. Bloomberg previously reported on withdrawal.

The agency noted that on February 10, 2022, SpaceX CEO and founder Elon Musk held a press conference where he explained that if regulatory approvals do not move forward in Texas, it would allow the company to expand its Starship and Super Heavy rocket tests and launch soon. , it would shift much of SpaceX’s operations to Cape Canaveral and Kennedy Space Center in Florida.

CNBC Pro Stock Picks and Investing Trends:

If that were to happen, Musk said at the time, SpaceX would turn its Boca Chica assets into a research and development facility.

The Corps told SpaceX that it may relaunch its app if it still wants to continue expanding the vertical launch zone. The Corps did not immediately respond to requests for comment on whether SpaceX had responded or submitted the requested information in the past month. SpaceX did not immediately respond to a request for comment on the news.

In a parallel review process, an environmental engineer who blogs under the handle ESG Hound reported, the US Fish and Wildlife Service has expressed similar concerns. FWS submitted comments to the Federal Aviation Administration stating that SpaceX failed to provide adequate environmental information to obtain clearance to expand to Boca Chica.

SpaceX has conducted several high-altitude flight tests with its spacecraft prototypes, but its next major step is to reach space. Starship is the spacecraft the company is developing to one day embark on a mission to Mars. Progress on the company’s Starship was delayed on several fronts last year, and an orbital flight test is now awaiting regulatory approval.

SpaceX still needs a license from the Federal Aviation Administration to continue flight testing, and a separate key environmental assessment is still pending.

Here is the letter:

Fauci: Herd immunity against COVID-19 is most likely ‘unattainable’


Herd immunity is a topic that has often come up as a possible way to end the COVID-19 pandemic. And, while numbers have been thrown around in the past about what part of the population needs to be vaccinated or infected to achieve herd immunity, top public health officials say it’s simply unlikely to happen. occur at this stage.

In a new article published in the Journal of Infectious Diseases, Anthony Fauci, MD, director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) and other NIAID scientists write that “classic” herd immunity for COVID-19 “is almost certainly an unattainable goal.” Dr. Fauci and his co-authors specifically cite “significant obstacles” like “substantial resistance to efforts to control the spread” of SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID-19, as public resistance to vaccination and wearing a mask.

They also note that “neither infection nor vaccination appears to induce sustained protection against SARS-CoV-2 in many or most people,” making it difficult to completely prevent COVID-19, even if you have been vaccinated or infected with the virus in the past.

But what is herd immunity, exactly, and why is it so hard to achieve with COVID-19? Here’s what you need to know.

What is herd immunity?

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), herd immunity, or population immunity or community immunity, is what happens when a significant portion of a population develops immunity against an infectious disease. This can happen through vaccination or previous infection with a particular disease, according to the CDC.

Once herd immunity in a population is achieved, an infectious disease is unlikely to spread from person to person. Herd immunity also offers protection to unvaccinated people, such as newborns, because the disease cannot spread easily in a community, the CDC explains.

Herd immunity is tricky with Omicron, Delta and other variants

Dr. Fauci and his co-authors pointed out that SARS-CoV-2 continues to develop variants, making it difficult to develop herd immunity against it. “This is a mutating virus – we get new subvariants all the time,” says William Schaffner, MD, an infectious disease specialist and professor at Vanderbilt University School of Medicine. “It is very difficult to achieve sufficient population immunity where this transmission of the virus is completely interrupted.”

Infectious disease expert Amesh A. Adalja, MD, principal investigator at the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security, agrees. “SARS-CoV-2 is not as genetically stable as other pathogens, such as measles, against which herd immunity has been achieved,” he says. “The virus comes from a viral family known to mutate to be able to routinely re-infect individuals.”

As a result, says Dr. Schaffner, “we can’t do with COVID-19 what we did with measles.”

Can we achieve herd immunity against COVID-19 through natural infections?

Natural infections, as well as vaccines, can lead to herd immunity in a population, but that’s hard to achieve with COVID-19, says Thomas Russo, MD, professor and chief of infectious diseases at the University at Buffalo in New York. “New variants keep popping up,” he says.

And, even if someone develops infection-acquired immunity by catching COVID-19, it’s likely they’ll only be immune to that particular variant, Dr. Russo says. So if you have been infected with Delta, it is still possible to be infected with Omicron. “Our ability to move forward and build a level of immunity in the population to eradicate this virus is really not achievable, either through infection or vaccines,” he said. he.

Dr. Russo also points out that SARS-CoV-2 can also live in animals, where it can continue to mutate and then spread to humans. “It can also be problematic,” he says. “Even if we are able to handle infections in humans – which we really won’t be able to – more than 20 animals can support virus replication. This is another huge hurdle.

Dr. Fauci on herd immunity

Dr. Fauci has talked about herd immunity before, and he originally thought that might be an achievable goal with COVID-19.

Dr Fauci once said that 60% to 70% of the population should be vaccinated to achieve herd immunity, but he said The New York Times in December 2020 that the number is probably closer to 90%. “We have to be humble here,” he said at the time. “We really don’t know what the real number is. I think the real range is between 70 and 90%. »

Now, he wrote in the diary, that’s just unlikely to happen. “If vaccine-induced immunity or infection against SARS-CoV-2 indeed turns out to be short-lived, or if escape mutants continue to emerge, viral spread may continue indefinitely, although hopefully at a low endemic level,” he and his co-authors said.

What happens next with COVID

COVID-19 is not going anywhere, and Dr Adalja says it was “always destined” to become a “community-acquired seasonal respiratory coronavirus”.

Dr. Russo says he expects COVID-19 to eventually be similar to the flu. “We will have intermittent bumps and expect cases to be mostly asymptomatic or mild disease,” he says. “We will manage it and do our best to control it through vaccination.”

Dr Schaffner says it is likely that “periodic boosters” will be needed which “will need to be modified and adapted as the virus evolves in our population”.

“We may need to get an Omicron booster in the fall or winter, it wouldn’t surprise any of us,” he says. “The big challenge is getting the public to accept it.”

This content is created and maintained by a third party, and uploaded to this page to help users provide their email addresses. You may be able to find more information about this and similar content on piano.io

Best build of Kamisato Ayato in Genshin Impact


Kamisato Ayaka’s older brother Ayato is now playable in Genshin Impact. The leader of the Kamisato clan is a Hydro character and excels in elemental damage. His kit is quite simple and the character can fit into several team compositions. That said, if you’ve had a chance to pull it off but are unsure of its most optimal build, refer to the guide below.


While there are several suitable options for Ayato, his signature weapon Haran Geppaku Futsu is easily the best for him. It has a high base attack stat and increases crit rate, and it also increases the user’s elemental damage, which is vital for Ayato.

If you can’t get Ayato’s signature weapon, Primordial Jade Cutter is a great alternative. It provides DPS output similar to that of a Haran Geppaku Futs and grants additional HP to the user. However, Haran Geppaku Futs and Primordial Jade Cutter are 5 star weapons that are generally difficult to acquire. If you don’t have any of these weapons, you can also use The Black Sword or Amenoma Kaguechi.


Like most characters, it’s best to use artifacts that increase Crit Rate, Crit DMG, and % ATK on Ayato. Additionally, Ayato’s kit revolves around elemental damage, so having the Energy Recharge attribute in your artifact set is essential. The Echoes Of An Offer 4-piece set is the perfect set for Ayato, as his Passive Valley Rite has a 36% chance to increase normal attack damage by 70%. The passive can trigger every 0.2s and the chance of it triggering increases by 20% each time it doesn’t. If you can’t farm the Echoes of an Offering set, you can also use the Deep Heart set, which increases both hydraulic and normal attack damage.

Signatures of certain RNA molecules can help improve diagnostics. –ScienceDaily


Certain small RNAs called tDRs can be found inside and outside cells during stress responses to different diseases. The researchers created an atlas of stress signatures for tDRs that could be used as disease markers and identify new pathogenic pathways.

The body’s ability to respond to various types of stress is essential to the maintenance of health, and the failure of these adaptive stress responses can trigger or worsen many diseases. New research by researchers at Massachusetts General Hospital (MGH) and published in Advanced sciences reveals that cells often release certain RNA molecules called tDRs in response to stressors, and that different tDRs can serve as markers of cellular stress in different diseases.

“RNA molecules have long been known to be the messenger between DNA (the genetic code) and proteins (the functional molecules of the cell); however, the last decade has seen researchers discover new functions of RNAs that don’t translate into proteins — the so-called non-coding RNAs,” says lead author Saumya Das, MD, PhD, co-director of the Resynchronization and Advanced Cardiac Therapy Program at the MGH.

Das notes that there is a growing list of non-coding RNAs with diverse functions, and among these a new class of RNAs has been shown to come from the so-called transfer RNAs which normally function to help make proteins at from classical messenger RNAs. These RNAs, called small tRNA-derived RNAs (tDRs), appear to be generated when larger “parent” tRNAs are cut into smaller versions by stress-activated enzymes.

By studying a variety of human and rat cells under three stressors – nutritional deprivation, low oxygen, and oxidative stress – which are often present in many disease states, Das and his colleagues generated a comprehensive landscape of tDRs that can be found inside cells (cellular) and outside cells (extracellular) during different stress responses. They also discovered that key proteins called RNases are important for the generation and stability of extracellular tDRs.

“While tDRs play an important role in cellular functions, we also found that tDRs are released from cells where they can serve as markers of cellular stress in different diseases,” says lead author Guoping Li, PhD, medical instructor at MGH and Harvard Medical School. “We saw that different types of stress signals can affect cellular and extracellular tDRs in different cell types, and that there are ‘signatures’ of these stress signals.”

The team created an atlas of stress signatures for cellular and extracellular tDRs that can be used not only as indicators of disease, but also as a starting point for scientists wishing to study the roles of distinct tDRs in cancer, fibrosis and other conditions. Das and his colleagues focus on such a tDR and its role in kidney disease.

Study co-authors include Guoping Li, Aidan C. Manning, Alex Bagi, Xinyu Yang, Priyanka Gokulnath, Michail Spanos, Jonathan Howard, Patricia P. Chan, Thadryan Sweeney, Robert Kitchen, Haobo Li, Brice D. Laurent , Sary F Aranki, Maria I. Kontaridis, Louise C. Laurent, Kendall Van Keuren-Jensen, Jochen Muehlschlegel and Todd. Mr Lowe.

This work was supported by the American Heart Association and the National Institutes of Health.

Source of the story:

Material provided by Massachusetts General Hospital. Note: Content may be edited for style and length.

Fitness needs the right time — ScienceDaily


Life on Earth operates in 24-hour cycles. From tiny bacteria to human beings, organisms adapt to the alterations of day and night. External factors, such as changes in light and temperature, are needed to drive the clock. Many metabolic processes are controlled by the endogenous clock. Scientists at the University of Jena have now studied the molecular rhythms of the endogenous clock in the “green line”. In a current issue in the journal Plant physiologythe team led by Prof. Maria Mittag from the Matthias Schleiden Institute gives insight into their genetic basis.

The “green lineage” includes green algae, mosses, ferns, gymnosperms, and flowering plants. These organisms produce a significant portion of the oxygen on Earth and are therefore essential to all other living creatures. Photosynthesis by these green organisms — the conversion of CO2 and water to glucose and oxygen – depends on light, so proper timing of these processes is crucial. Plants prepare for the daylight period even before sunrise and can thus use the light phase more efficiently to achieve optimal yields of photosynthesis and other metabolic pathways. As a result, they grow better and outlast competitors.

“The fitness of photosynthetic organisms depends on the integrity of their endogenous clocks,” explains Maria Mittag. The professor of general botany and her team therefore studied how the endogenous clock developed during the evolution of organisms of the green lineage. For this, the researchers studied the clock genes of different model organisms of the green lineage, starting with single-celled organisms like the green alga Chlamydomonas reinhardtiithrough the liver Polymorph Marchantiato higher plants, such as the Arabid, Arabidopsis thaliana.

Cryptochromes are “conserved” during evolution

The researchers found that some genes involved in circadian rhythms occur in all studied green lineage organisms, while other clock genes differ significantly. Among the endogenous clock genes that have been “conserved” throughout evolution are the cryptochromes. These are receptor molecules with which terrestrial plants detect blue light. “Cryptochromes are important for entrainment and regulation of the circadian clock; they play this role not only in land plants and algae, but also in fungi, insects and mammals,” says Dr Jan Petersen. , member of the research team and first author of the current summary document.

So far, Maria Mittag’s team has studied cryptochromes in the model organism Chlamydomonas reinhardtii. Its genome even encodes four different cryptochromes. While two of these cryptochromes are involved in the circadian clock, the function of the other two was still unknown. To analyze in detail the role of one of these cryptochromes of unknown function, the Jena research team compared wild-type algal cells with mutants in which the gene for this receptor molecule had been deactivated. “We were able to determine that mutant algae grow much slower than wild-type algae cells,” says PhD student Anxhela Rredhi.

Newly studied cryptochrome influences cellular structures responsible for photosynthesis

“However, we were surprised that the mutant algae were greener than the wild-type algae,” says Anxhela Rredhi. More color in the form of green pigments should actually lead to better photosynthesis and therefore increased growth, as these molecules capture light for photosynthesis. Finally, the researchers found an explanation. Using electron microscopy, they were able to see that the cell membranes in which photosynthesis takes place are denser without the cryptochrome than in wild-type cells. “On the one hand, it gives the algae a darker green appearance,” says Dr. Petersen. “On the other hand, cells shade more, so there’s simply less light reaching the inner membranes, which has a negative effect on algae growth.”

It is currently unknown how exactly the recently studied cryptochrome influences these cellular structures. The research team will now investigate whether it also plays a role in the circadian clock.

Source of the story:

Materials provided by Friedrich-Schiller-University of Jena. Original written by Ute Schönfelder. Note: Content may be edited for style and length.

Spina Bifida Market Growth, Global Survey, Analysis, Share, Company Profiles & Forecast by 2027


Reports and data

Market Size – USD 1.90 billion in 2018, Market Growth – CAGR of 7.9%, Market Trends – Growing demand for diagnostics for early detection of spina bifida

NEW YORK, NY, USA, April 5, 2022 /EINPresswire.com/ — The Global spina bifida market is expected to reach $3.90 billion by 2027, according to a new report from Reports and Data. Spina bifida [SB], in literal terms, implies a “vertebral cleft”, which characterizes the incomplete development of the spinal cord, brain and/or meninges. There remains limited certainty as to the cause of the onset of the condition. However, a combination of factors such as nutritional and environmental risk factors such as folate (vitamin B-9) deficiency and nutrition are believed to cause the onset of the disease. Factors such as previous obesity, diabetes, and folate deficiency are considered risk factors for the onset of the disease. The severity of the disease can be established with the help of the fact that in the United States, 1,500 to 2,000 of the more than 4 million babies born are affected by the disease each year. In the United States, approximately 166,000 people live with SB. It is more common among the fair-skinned population, Hispanics. It is more commonly seen in women than in men. The high incidence rate of the condition acts as one of the major factors propelling the growth of the market. Technological advancements in the healthcare sector are also supporting the growth of the market. Developments in technology such as 3D printing are contributing to advances in minimally invasive SB treatment, in which the surgical procedure is combined with technology, and with its help doctors would be able to close the opening in the spine to the using a durable seal.

Regarding the region, Europe is expected to occupy a considerable share of the market. The market share held by the region is attributed to the continuously growing healthcare sector, favorable reimbursement policies and government support for R&D activities.

Key companies operating in the market profiled in the report include:

R. Bard, Inc., Boston Scientific, B. Braun Melsungen AG, CB Fleet, Covidien Private Ltd., Cook Medical, Fujifilm, Medline Industries, KARL STORZ, Olympus Corporation and Medtronic.

Get a sample report @ https://www.reportsanddata.com/sample-enquiry-form/2577

The pharmaceutical and healthcare industry has undergone huge changes over the past few years, especially with the emergence of the COVID-19 pandemic. The increasing accessibility of advanced healthcare systems and low-cost technologies, coupled with the growing demand for over-the-counter drugs, has further changed the dynamics of the industry. The integration of robust technologies such as AI and blockchain has helped pharmaceutical companies reduce their capital expenditures and strengthen the global supply chain. Increasing application of biosimilars, shift towards in silico testing of pharmaceuticals, and growing number of product approvals by regulatory authorities are key factors driving the market revenue growth.

Rising R&D spending, growing focus on implementing robust cybersecurity solutions to ensure better medical device connectivity, and the development of advanced telehealth software by key companies operating in the field have further bolstered market revenue growth. The global Spina Bifida Market report examines the current market scenario with respect to the competitive landscape and offers key insights into company profiles, product portfolio, production and manufacturing capacity, contribution to revenues and global market position. It also provides details on recent mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, collaboration, and product launches, among others.

Disease Type Outlook (Revenue, USD Billion; 2016-2027)

Closed neural tube defects

Treatment Outlook (Revenue, USD Billion; 2016-2027)

Medical procedures
Oral medications

Diagnostics Outlook (Revenue, USD Billion; 2016-2027)

Blood tests

End User Outlook (Revenue, USD Billion; 2016-2027)

Diagnostic centers

Ask for a discount on the report @ https://www.reportsanddata.com/discount-enquiry-form/2577

The report provides a comprehensive analysis of market scope, supply chains, distribution channels, trends and demands in each region, revenue generation, market size and company presence prominent in each region. It studies the market revenue growth in each region and their key countries based on several factors such as macro and microeconomic growth factors, regulatory framework and policies, investment and funding opportunities, R&D and technological advances, and growth prospects.

Key regions assessed in the report:

North America (United States, Canada, Mexico)
Europe (UK, Germany, Italy, France, Rest of Europe)
Asia-Pacific (India, Japan, China, South Korea, Australia, rest of APAC)
Latin America (Brazil, Argentina, Rest of Latin America)
Middle East and Africa (Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, South Africa, Rest of MEA)

The report further segments the global spina bifida market on the basis of product types and applications and offers details on key factors expected to drive revenue growth of each segment and sub-segment.

Request Report Customization @ https://www.reportsanddata.com/request-customization-form/2577

Thank you for reading our report. For more details on customization, please contact us and the team will ensure the report is customized to your needs.

Browse more reports:

Injectable Drug Delivery Market @ https://www.biospace.com/article/injectable-drug-delivery-market-size-to-reach-usd-1-345-05-billion-in-2028-reports-and-data/

MicroRNA (miRNA) Market @ https://www.biospace.com/article/microrna-mirna-market-size-to-reach-usd-516-9-million-in-2028-reports-and-data/

Orthopedic Power Tools Market @ https://www.biospace.com/article/orthopedic-power-tools-market-size-to-reach-usd-1-835-8-million-in-2028-reports-and-data/

Surgical Glue Market @ https://www.biospace.com/article/surgical-glue-market-size-to-reach-usd-8-53-billion-in-2028-reports-and-data/

Digital Therapy Market @ https://www.biospace.com/article/digital-therapeutics-market-size-to-reach-usd-1-31-billion-by-2028-reports-and-data/

Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer Market @ https://www.biospace.com/article/non-small-cell-lung-cancer-market-to-reach-usd-11-87-billion-by-2028-reports-and-data/

About reports and data

Reports and Data is a market research and consulting firm that provides syndicated research reports, custom research reports and consulting services. Our solutions are uniquely focused on your goal of locating, targeting and analyzing changes in consumer behavior across demographics, across industries and helping customers make a smarter business decision. We offer market intelligence research ensuring relevant, fact-based research across multiple sectors including healthcare, technology, chemicals, power and energy. We are constantly updating our search offerings to ensure that our clients are aware of the latest trends existing in the market. Reports and Data has a strong base of experienced analysts in various areas of expertise.

Tushar Rajput
Reports and data
+18008193052 ext.
write to us here
Visit us on social media:

Is it possible to overdo it with COVID-19 vaccine reminders? – The Vacaville journalist


First, it was a shot or two of the COVID-19 vaccine. Then it was a booster shot after eight months, until they changed it to six, then five months. Now, federal health officials have approved another shot four months from the last if you’re at least 50 years old or in poor health.

But is it possible to overdo it with COVID-19 vaccine reminders? Could it end up like the overuse of antibiotics that medical experts are now warning breeds superbugs that resist them?

There is no evidence for this yet, say most experts. But questions of too much stimulation are fueling growing debate among scientists as a panel of experts meet April 6 to advise the Food and Drug Administration on vaccine booster doses and updates tailored to emerging variants. .

Earlier this year, the head of vaccine strategy at the European Medicines Agency, Marco Cavaleri, raised concerns that an excessive booster could weaken rather than boost our immunity.

“If we have a strategy where we give boosters every four months, we end up potentially having immune response issues,” Cavaleri said at a Jan. 11 press conference.

Dr Sarah Fortune, a professor in the department of immunology and infectious diseases at Harvard TH Chan School of Public Health, told German news agency Deutsche Welle a week later that Cavaleri was likely referring to a possible depletion of T cells that help protect the body. of infection.

“T cells become dysfunctional when they repeatedly see the antigen in certain contexts,” Fortune told Deutsche Welle. Vaccines introduce antigens to generate an immune response. But Fortune added that studies of T-cell depletion are based on HIV or cancer patients “where the antigen is there all the time, not just repeated vaccination.”

So far, there is no evidence that repeated vaccination weakens immunity or produces resistant viral strains.

“I haven’t seen any evidence to suggest that additional reinforcement would weaken protection or breed variants,” said Holden T. Maecker, director of the Human Immune Monitoring Center at Stanford University School of Medicine. “Our knowledge of immunology generally does not suggest such weakening or overloading, as long as the vaccinations are sufficiently separated in time.”

But others have noted that much remains unclear.

“Honestly, we really don’t know,” said Dr. Michael Daignault, an emergency physician at Providence Saint Joseph Medical Center in Burbank, who noted that the US is relying on data from the second booster program that Israel just launched in January. . “I know there’s a lot of speculation, but there’s no overeating data.”

The COVID-19 vaccine booster intervals requested by U.S. health officials have little public health precedent. Many childhood vaccines are given in two to four shots from birth to age six. But other than tetanus boosters every 10 years, it’s over after that. Influenza vaccines are given annually, tailored to the strain prevalent around the world.

But it’s unclear if a number of COVID-19 vaccines will provide long-lasting protection, or if repeated booster shots will be needed, and if so, how often? Cavaleri and other health officials have argued that it is not practical to boost several times a year and that vaccination efforts should focus on preventing serious illnesses rather than reducing mild cases of “breakthrough” among the immune.

Others, like Dr. Bob Wachter, who chairs the medical department at UC San Francisco, countered that “there is a small but real risk” that a breakthrough case will lead to “long COVID” chronic illness and increases the long-term risk of mental illness, cognitive decline and diabetes. He called the risk of being overboosted “theoretical” and urged those eligible for the second booster to “get vaccinated”.

Is there a danger that overuse can weaken the effectiveness of vaccines as with antibiotics?

There is no comparison to the overuse of antibiotics, said Dr Robert Quigley, an immunologist and cardiac surgeon in Pennsylvania who is the global medical director of International SOS, a company that advises companies whose employees face medical problems traveling abroad.

“We’re talking about apples and oranges,” Quigley said. “You cannot extrapolate from antibiotics to vaccines. The mechanisms of action are therefore unrelated and involve different fundamental scientific principles.

Antibiotics kill or suppress the growth of infectious bacteria, while vaccines use neutralized elements of disease-causing bacteria or viruses to trigger an immune response from your body.

Is there a benefit to waiting longer between reminders? The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recently revised their guidelines for the interval between the first two Pfizer and Moderna vaccines, based on experiences in Canada and the United Kingdom that a longer interval between vaccines improved their effectiveness. in preventing disease and reducing side effects.

But the CDC said the benefits peaked at eight weeks between injections — which Daignault said is significantly less than the recommended four-month booster interval.

Maecker said the booster intervals were based on evidence of waning immunity.

“I would say there’s no reason to boost earlier than four to six months, just because there’s no real benefit to a fully vaccinated person – immunity doesn’t wane that quickly,” Maecker said. “So for me, less than four months would be too soon. I think as long as people don’t try to boost too early, the benefit/risk ratio is very favorable. I get my boost on Sunday!

Better photoelectrodes thanks to flash heating


Pulsed laser deposition: An intense laser pulse strikes a target containing the material, transforming it into a plasma which is then deposited as a thin film on a substrate. Credit: R. Gottesman/HZB

Producing low cost metal oxide thin films with high electronic quality for solar water separation is not an easy task. Especially since the quality improvements of the upper metal oxide thin films require heat treatment at high temperatures, which would melt the underlying glass substrate. Now, a team from the HZB-Institute for Solar Fuels has solved this dilemma: A rapid, high-intensity light pulse directly heats the thin film of metal oxide semiconductor, achieving the optimal heating conditions without damaging the substrate.

Solar energy can directly drive electrochemical reactions on the surface of the photoelectrodes. Photoelectrodes consist of thin semiconductor layers on transparent conductive glass substrates that convert light into electricity. Most photoelectrochemical studies have focused on water splitting, a bottom-up thermodynamic reaction that could offer an attractive route for the capture and long-term storage of solar energy by producing “green” hydrogen.

Metal oxide thin film photoelectrodes are of particular interest for these various functions. They include abundant elements, potentially offering infinite adaptability to achieve desired properties, at potentially low costs.

Made from plasma

At the HZB Institute for Solar Fuels, several teams are focusing on the development of such photoelectrodes. The usual method of producing them is pulsed laser deposition: an intense laser pulse strikes a target containing the material and ablates it into a highly energetic plasma deposited on a substrate.

Quality needs warmth

Other steps are necessary to improve the quality of the deposited thin film. In particular, the heat treatment of the metal oxide thin film reduces defects and imperfections. However, this creates a dilemma: reducing the concentration of atomic defects and improving the crystal order of metal oxide thin films would require heat treatment temperatures between 850 and 1000 degrees Celsius, but the substrate of glass already melts at 550 degrees Celsius.

Thin film flash-heating

Dr. Ronen Gottesman of the HZB Institute for Solar Fuels has now solved this problem: after deposition, using high-power lamps, he heats the thin film of metal oxide. This heats it up to 850 degrees Celsius without melting the underlying glass substrate.

“Heat effectively reduces structural defects, trap states, grain boundaries, and phase impurities, which would become more difficult to mitigate with increasing numbers of elements in metal oxides. innovations are essential. We have now demonstrated this on Ta photoelectrodes2O5TiO2and WO3that we heated to 850°C without damaging the substrates,” says Gottesman.

Record performance for α-SnWO4

The new method was also successful with a photoelectrode material considered a very good candidate for solar water separation: α-SnWO4. Conventional oven heating leaves behind phase impurities. Rapid thermal treatment (RTP) heating improved crystallinity, electronic properties and performance, leading to a new record performance of 1 mA/cm2 for this material, 25% higher than the previous record.

“It’s also interesting for the production of quantum dots or halogenated perovskites, which are also temperature-sensitive,” says Gottesman.

The research has been published in ACS Energy Letters.

Solar hydrogen: photoanodes promise high yields

More information:
Ronen Gottesman et al, Shedding Light on Emerging Photoabsorbent Materials: The Power of Rapid Radiative Heating in the Development of Thin-Oxide Film Photoelectrodes, ACS Energy Letters (2022). DOI: 10.1021/acsenergylett.1c02220

Provided by the Helmholtz Association of German Research Centers

Quote: Solar Hydrogen: Better Photoelectrodes Using Flash Heating (April 4, 2022) Retrieved April 4, 2022 from https://phys.org/news/2022-04-solar-hydrogen-photoelectrodes.html

This document is subject to copyright. Except for fair use for purposes of private study or research, no part may be reproduced without written permission. The content is provided for information only.

Can America’s billionaires really find a cure for aging?


Is aging a disease or a technology? To grow old, in one way or another, is to deteriorate over time, but is it a glitch to which nature was indifferent; or is it a spectacular idea to get rid of the old so that the new can thrive, an idea that has carried over to other ideas? In the end, what does nature want: immortal life or endless change? We know what most humans want and that is not to age. Not our fault; the elderly have been poor ambassadors of old age. If aging is a disease, it must be cured. If aging is a technology of nature, it must be made obsolete; in this case, humans have to hack nature itself.

A respectable scientific opinion says that aging is a disease. This does not deny him the sacred status of being “natural”; cancer is also “natural”. All diseases are.

Like us, American billionaires, who enjoy life enormously, do not wish to grow old. But unlike many of us, they have the burden of being able to do something about it. Many of them have invested in biotech companies to find ways to cure aging. The latest to join them is one of the richest people in the world, Jeff Bezos, who has made a substantial investment in a new company called Altos Labs, which is said to have a commitment of $3 billion from its wealthy backers. of funds.

Everything bodes well. The self-interest and greed of entrepreneurs has benefited all mankind more than the complex pursuit of the public good. And, for the first time in the history of human greed, we have a situation where the motive of wealthy entrepreneurs is not profit, but something more precious: their lives. And to get the cure, these biotech companies are a rare blend of romantic pure science and uncompromising practicality. The billionaires who fund them emerge from a culture that assures them that well-funded human genius can solve anything. Indian billionaires, on the other hand, probably like to visit temples to solve the same problem.

I am on the side of the American billionaires but there are omens that I cannot ignore. Medical science has been a great disappointment over the past three decades. They became good at prolonging death, not prolonging life. If you’re not dying, if you’re healthy and fit, they offer little. Yes, there were the vaccines, the Viagra crash and excellent painkillers. And, you can say that high levels of health and fitness in some people are a consequence of the high quality scientific information that we have. Even so, from the perspective of young and healthy people, the field has made only modest progress. Forget about disruptive technologies for those who don’t die, there is confusion over basic concepts except for the sugar sickness, which is settled. Is bad cholesterol really bad? Should you have fish oil? Do vitamins help? Should we have more minerals to balance the excess purity of our water? Does a keto diet make sense? Is intermittent fasting beneficial? No one is sure. Why should we believe that a “cure” will be found for aging?

Spanish scientist Juan Carlos Izpisua, one of Altos’ star recruits, told El País newspaper: “I am convinced that within two decades we will have tools that will not only treat the symptoms, but will also be able to predict, prevent, and treat disease and aging through cellular rejuvenation.” As a longtime reader of popular science news, I know that when someone says something will happen in “20 years,” that’s not It’s not based on an analysis of the facts, but a way of saying, “We have nothing to show now, but we are hopeful.”

Until a few years ago, we talked a lot about telomeres, the structures that form the ends of certain chromosomes. Aging shortens telomeres, which influences the degeneration of a cell. Scientists and I had fervent hopes that this held the key to a cure. But the buzz around telomeres is dead.

America’s tech billionaires think their billions will attract the brightest scientific talent to find a cure. But do only the brilliants make breakthroughs?

What does the history of innovation suggest, even in computing?

It all starts out mundane. A particular stream of human endeavor seems to gain bright prospects and a whole generation of bright and dark people are flocking to it. From there, accidents happen and a breakthrough is rarely what was set as “a goal”. In fact, even problems whose solutions were clear goals set by governments, such as cheap computers and language transliteration, were accidentally solved by those working on far more frivolous projects. Questions.

It’s possible that a cure for aging will take a very different approach. It doesn’t have to be an accident, it could be a direct solution to a clear problem. But no one disputes that a cure requires a large number of scientists and engineers, all of whom will come from a very small part of the human population – the lucky ones who have gone to school and among them a small fraction who love science or who were forced to study science, and among them a small fraction who will resist the lure of the metaverse or artificial intelligence to choose biotechnology, and then the few among them who would have the capacity to bear this particular quality of such efforts: that it is above all very boring. Meanwhile, we know there might be a biotech genius rotting in a Mumbai slum without even knowing what science is.

So I wonder if the fastest way for Jeff Bezos and other billionaires to cure aging is to take the risk of solving abject child poverty first. If all the children in the world have a fair chance at life, it will surely increase our chances of finding that elusive big idea that could keep us young forever. It is, I admit, the least sexy solution to a scientific problem that I know of, which makes me even more optimistic about it.

Manu Joseph is a journalist, novelist and creator of the Netflix series “Decoupled”

To subscribe to Mint Bulletins

* Enter a valid email address

* Thank you for subscribing to our newsletter.

Download the app to get 14 days of unlimited access to Mint Premium absolutely free!

Roundup of life science and health tech news: cancer care, layoffs, funding, and more.

Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center is now Fred Hutchinson Cancer Center. (Photo by Fred Hutch/Robert Hood)

Life Sciences Week in the Pacific Northwest ended with an announcement that has been in the works for years: UW and Fred Hutch have deepened their relationship to more closely integrate cancer care and research .

With a bigger umbrella, the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center has a new name: Fred Hutchinson Cancer Center. The deal also involves a restructured relationship with Seattle Children’s.

The new arrangement will better connect the lab and clinic, deepen collaborative relationships and accelerate clinical trials, which will benefit patients, but also has the potential to foster new spin-off companies in Seattle.

And there’s a new Fred Hutch spin-out in town, Affini-T Therapeutics, which recently raised $175 million. In an interview, Fred Hutch researcher Phil Greenberg shared his thoughts with GeekWire on how to work effectively with their new industry partner.

More headlines below, including health tech news about a Seattle startup’s new partnership with Yelp.

– Biotech vet Phil Greenberg talks about his new cancer-fighting startup and the next phase of immunotherapy

Yelp expands restaurant health ratings, with help from Seattle startup

Silverback Therapeutics closes its oncology program and plans to lay off 27% of its workforce

Funding News: Enzyme Design Startup Lands $33M; Addiction Treatment Company Raises $3 Million

Latest drama in Athira: an investor asks for the replacement of the CEO and wants two seats on the board of directors

Philip Greenberg (center) and members of his lab at Fred Hutch. (Fred Hutch Photo)

Here’s more life science news from across the Pacific Northwest and beyond:

  • More than 20 years after the first headlines touting the completion of the human genome, it’s finally done. The “dark” parts of the sequence, its more obscure parts—centromeres, telomeres, names familiar to the faithful—are complete. His repetitive DNA fleet is complete. Geneticist Evan Eichler and other UW researchers have helped lead the effort. The Seattle Institute for Systems Biology also contributed.
  • Amazon Web Services spear a collaboration with Thread Research, based in Raleigh-Durham, North Carolina, to decentralize clinical trials and make them more efficient.
  • Impel NeuropharmaThe commercial launch of its newly approved migraine treatment has been “effective”, the company said in its latest revenue report. The company also recently withdrew $100 million in new funding to move the product forward.
  • Bothell, Washington seagen grows. The company job a 38% increase in product sales over last year, reaching $1.4 billion.
  • AGC Organic Productsalso based in Bothell, is manufacturing equipment for a peanut allergy vaccine. The drugmaker will manufacture the product at its Heidelberg plant with its biotech partner.
  • Fred Hutch researchers Jesse Bloom and Tyler Starr discussed how the COVID-19 virus is likely to evolve in the future, in a comment in the New York Times with their colleagues.
  • Cytodyn, based in Vancouver, Washington, has issues with the FDA (it’s happened before). The agency put clinical grips on two of its clinical trials, for HIV and COVID-19.
  • Village Reach was part of a recent round of donations from Seattle billionaire philanthropist MacKenzie Scott. The Seattle Nonprofit received $20 million to advance its work in providing COVID-19 vaccines and other health services to under-reached communities.
  • Luke Timmerman, a longtime biotech journalist and Seattle adventurer, set off on his last quest: Trekking to Everest Base Camp with a host of life science leaders to raise funds for Fred Hutch.

Still not immune to market risk


The first quarter was not easy for investors. In fact, the stock market had one of its worst start to a year in its history, challenged by the GFC and a Great Depression. Of course, Bitcoin as a high beta asset has not been immune to the stock decline, falling over 13% (at the time of writing) from three months ago. In the outlook for the last quarter, I focused on the headwinds bitcoin was likely to face given the evolving negative macro conditions. It has largely played out, but unfortunately is not over.

As we look to what lies ahead for crypto markets in Q2, I continue to believe that “macro importance” in the sense of tighter financial conditions and slowing economic growth are serious headwinds. The deleveraging and cash draining impact of the Fed’s policy shift will likely cap any serious crypto price increases, but in the face of this there are a few fundamental and regulatory points that have long-term investors excited. . Mainly, a pro-crypto executive order from President Biden’s office and continued signs of growth on the Bitcoin network.

Here is an updated view on the current macro configuration and its potential implications on cryptography.

Relative Bitcoin Price Performance (3 Months)

Source: Koyfin

On the surface, bitcoin has underperformed against assets ranging from commodities and gold to tech stocks and even bonds (which have been a disaster). This should come as no surprise, as bitcoin remains positively correlated to equity risk and stocks have generally performed poorly.


Q2 2022 Bitcoin Price Prediction: Still Not Safe From Market Risk

Source: Koyfin

Now it’s possible that relationship breaks down and bitcoin trades independently of stocks, it’s just hard to argue that the degraded macro backdrop and monetary policy impacting stocks isn’t weighing on the market either. bitcoins. This is evident when looking at one of the best indicators of economic health, the US Treasury yield curve.

The Macro Still Matters

In our previous outlook, I examined the relationship between the economic driver and the price of bitcoin, noting that the price of bitcoin is largely a function of economic growth and monetary policy expectations. Bitcoin simply does better during times of monetary stimulus and economic expansion. (A radically different environment than today.) If we can find the right direction for growth and policy, there is a greater likelihood that we can also get the right bitcoin price trend.

Back to the yield curve…

The US Treasury curve does a respectable job of reflecting the market’s view of future economic growth. It’s not perfect, but generally speaking a steepening curve signals improved growth expectations as longer-term interest rates rise relative to short-term rates. It’s clean.

When the curve flattens, it is seen as the opposite, with the expectation that economic growth is likely to slow in the future. In other words… Everything is wrong, something is broken.

BTC/USD. vs Spread UST 10Y-2Y (last 3 years)

Q2 2022 Bitcoin Price Prediction: Still Not Safe From Market Risk

Source: Koyfin

BTC/USD. vs Spread UST 10Y-2Y (last 6 years)

Q2 2022 Bitcoin Price Prediction: Still Not Safe From Market Risk

Source: Koyfin

When we look at the curve from a bitcoin performance perspective, the pair has decoupled recently, but we can see that bitcoin price is following the direction of the yield curve quite well. Currently, the yield curve is collapsing, which should warrant concern about bitcoin’s ability to rise significantly if this continues.

Bullish Fundamental Developments

Stepping away from the near-term macro picture momentarily, we should note a number of bullish signs we are seeing in the market, specifically encouraging developments on the regulatory front and the continued growth of the bitcoin network.

President Biden’s Executive Order

The President’s Crypto Regulation Order is a significant step in providing much-needed clarity to the industry and should be seen as a positive development for crypto. This will inevitably result in a framework within which crypto-focused businesses can operate. It will also encourage participation from companies that have previously walked away from the space due to a lack of regulation. On the horizon, this is a seemingly bullish development for long-term investors.

Positive signs of chain activity

We are also seeing increased activity on the network via continued growth in active wallet addresses. Wallet address growth was up 2.3% q/q to 944 million, and there was a significant increase in average transfer volume to over 4 million BTC per day, from around 2 million during the same period last year.

In conclusion, I am of the opinion that BTC is likely to face difficulties in the short term, due to the market conditions of the second quarter (the recent lows are within the range of short-term probabilities). Long-term bulls should take solace in the positive developments regarding the bitcoin network, particularly the regulatory clarity offered by the recent US executive order.

element inside the

element. That’s probably not what you wanted to do! Upload your application’s JavaScript bundle to the item instead.

Midnight Ghost Hunting Beginner Tips


Midnight Ghost Hunt is a scary and thrilling multiplayer game with a strong emphasis on hide and seek gameplay. In Midnight Ghost Hunt, players take on the role of a Ghost Hunter or Ghost. Each team, Ghost Hunters or Ghosts, must work together to sabotage and defeat the other team. Set in remarkably haunted and beautifully macabre locations, Midnight Ghost Hunt is sure to keep gamers on the edge of their seat.

RELATED: Dead By Daylight: Every DLC, Ranked

Midnight Ghost Hunt is an early access PC game and can be picked up immediately. The game feels like a good mix of asymmetrical multiplayer horror, first-person shooter gameplay, and strategic teamwork where communication seems essential to survival no matter which team the players end up on. For those who discover Midnight Ghost HuntHere are some great tips to help get budding ghosts or ghost hunters started.

8 Yes, tutorials are very important

use an energy meter at the ghost ship when hunting midnight ghosts

Midnight Ghost Hunt isn’t a particularly complicated game but it does have a lot of moving parts to figure out before diving into online matches. Simply put, yes, the tutorials should be finished right away. Not only are the tutorials for ghost hunting and haunting helpful, but they also give players time to get used to the different abilities.

After completing the Ghostbuster and Ghostbuster tutorials, each taking only about five minutes, paranormal enthusiasts can play through two tutorial areas, a Ghostbuster Garage and a Ghost Graveyard. Each area allows players to train with abilities and items.


7 Mouse and keyboard or controller

using sound meter near knight in midnight ghost hunt

Given that Midnight Ghost Hunt is currently only an early access game on PC, many players may be wondering if you can enjoy the game with various control inputs. Fortunately, the answer is a resounding yes. Even in Early Access, the developers of Midnight Ghost Hunt, Vaulted Sky Gamesgave everyone the option of using a mouse and keyboard or a gamepad.

No matter which input method players use, it will always provide a full gaming experience. Hotkeys and button inputs for a controller and automatic configuration create a hassle-free experience from the start.

6 Become familiar with each role

a ghostly red gargoyle in the midnight ghost hunt

As mentioned before, Midnight Ghost Hunt the players take on two distinct roles in four games against four. Once the quick match option is selected or after choosing a game from a list of servers, players are automatically placed into teams of Ghostbusters or Ghostbusters with a new game usually swapping roles to give everyone a chance to live the experience.

RELATED: Pokemon Brilliant Diamond & Shining Pearl: The Best Ghost-Type Pokemon (And Where To Catch Them)

To sum it up, Ghostbusters must do everything they can within the first five minutes of the game to defeat each of the Ghosts. The ghosts, on the other hand, simply have to survive until the clock strikes midnight. The simplicity of Midnight Ghost Hunt belies a truly staggering level of complexity once gamers spend enough time in various games.

5 Things change at midnight, the ghostly hour

a scary red midnight ghost in the mansion in midnight ghost hunt

When the clock strikes midnight, the ghostly hour, the game turns completely upside down. The ghosts, usually the hunted ones, now become the hunters. After five minutes of the match, Ghosts now turn a spooky ethereal red and can deal massive damage to Ghostbusters while using the environment with better results than the first half of the match. If a ghost is destroyed or sucked in early, as long as a ghost survived, all come back from the grave to fight another night.

Now it’s the Ghostbusters’ turn to survive. This will usually be done through teamwork and finding ways to foil or sabotage the ghosts’ plans. Ghostbusters still have their weapons and abilities, however, they are now much less effective against the vengeful Ghost Hour specters.

4 Hunter’s workbench

use grim reaper weapon on ghost in midnight ghost hunt

Ghostbusters will want to spend plenty of time before the match picking out a starting loadout. Ghostbusters loadouts are divided into weapons, abilities, and perks. The default starting weapon for Ghostbusters is the Spectral Cannon, a weapon that fires large balls of energy to damage ghosts. Of course, the game also offers a multitude of other unlockable weapons such as the Salt Shotgun or the Reaper.

Besides weapons, ghost hunters can also use various tools of the trade that help them find hidden ghosts. Things like energy meters and vacuum cleaners can help turn the tide for hunters. At any time during a match, Ghostbusters can go to their team’s Workbench to swap gear on the fly.

3 The ghost shrine

blue ghost fighting ghost hunter in attic on midnight ghost hunt

Likewise, ghosts also have their own “refuge” in the form of the Ghost Shrine. Each match gives ghosts a sanctuary they can return to in order to trade ghost abilities, hauntings, and perks. Much like Ghostbusters, swapping Abilities and Hauntings will be an optimal strategy in order to balance out a team of Ghosts in any given match.

RELATED: Unique Ghost Horror Movies

Interestingly, ghosts have a category called Haunts, something that isn’t explicitly explained in the ghost tutorials. Hauntings are useful abilities that can be used once a ghost is defeated during a match. In this spectator portion of the game, ghosts can use lairs such as Cold Chill or Poltergeist in order to confuse hunters.

2 Understanding Fragments

use the ghost hunter clusterel on a ghost in the mansion in the midnight ghost hunt

Midnight Ghost Hunt has a form of in-game currency known as Shards. These blue ethereal shards can be used for many different things. First and foremost, Shards are used to purchase new weapons, abilities, haunts, and perks for Hunters and Ghosts respectively.

These items can be purchased from the main menu or during a match at the Ghostbuster’s Workbench or Ghost Shrine. Shards can also be used to unlock a host of customization items. Things like outfits, ghost skins, emotes, and taunts can all be purchased with in-game shard currency. You earn new shards just by playing the game, gaining experience, and leveling up.

1 Hiding in plain sight

ghost hunters fighting a ghost hiding in a chair at midnight ghost hunting

One last thing to remember when hoping in this game, especially for ghosts, is that almost any item strewn across any of the many stages can be used to possess. The name of the game for ghosts during the pre-midnight portion of the match boils down to a hide-and-seek scenario. Ghosts can jump between objects freely and can even throw objects they possess.

However, ghosts also build an ectoplasm meter. The longer a ghost stays still, the faster the ectoplasm meter accumulates. Once enough ectoplasm has accumulated, a residue remains that makes it easier for ghost hunters to find. To avoid this, just stay mobile and active like a ghost, jump between objects and use your abilities to stay away from hunters.

MORE: Psychological Horror Games To Play If You Loved Ikai

The 15 Best Horror Games (According To Metacritic)

Read more

About the Author

Here are the 4 main signs that you may have a weakened immune system and what to do about it: Immunologist


Prioritizing your immune system has never been more important, especially with Omicron’s highly contagious sub-variant, BA.2, which is helping to drive a new wave of Covid cases around the world.

As an immunologist and functional medicine physician, patients often ask me how they can measure the health of their immune system. I tell them that our immune system is a moving target and has no real specified organs where it can be completely isolated. You cannot scan it with an X-ray, biopsy it, or determine that it is exact strength or weakness with a single test.

However, four major warning signs can indicate if your immune system is weakened and you need to work extra hard to strengthen it:

Signs that your immune system is weakened

1. You often fall ill and take longer than usual to recover.

Don’t worry if you sneeze and sniffle for two or three colds a year. Most people return to normal within about a week.

But if you constantly catch a cold with symptoms that persist for weeks, or even get food poisoning frequently, it may be due to a sluggish response from your innate immune system.

Your innate immune system involves barriers that prevent harmful materials from entering your body. Consider it the first line of defense against all invaders and injuries. Its components include:

  • cough reflex, which helps us to expel things that can irritate or infect us.
  • production of mucus, which traps bacteria and small particles and helps expel them from the body.
  • stomach acid, which helps kill germs that get into our food and water.

2. You are in a constant state of stress.

Certain types of stress can benefit our immune health and overall well-being.

For example, an acute, short-term stressor – like a traffic jam – is designed to help your body overload its protective mechanisms in an instant. For this reason, acute stress actually helps boost your immune system in the short term.

On the other end of the stress spectrum, chronic stress can be bad news, causing immune dysregulation and immune suppression, leading to increased infections and poor recovery from disease.

Studies also show that frequent bouts of stress seem to exacerbate autoimmune diseases like rheumatoid arthritis and ulcerative colitis and can cause flare-ups of allergic reactions like eczema and asthma.

3. You often get cold sores or had shingles at a young age.

The viruses that cause cold sores and shingles both belong to the herpes virus family. Once you contract a herpes virus, it goes into a dormant state in the body.

However, when you are stressed or your cellular immunity weakens, the virus can replicate and reactivate again.

Seeing frequent reactivations can be a sign that your immune system needs to be boosted.

4. You are taking medications that weaken your immune response.

Unfortunately, many important drugs used in cancer chemotherapy – to prevent organ transplant rejection and to treat autoimmune diseases – can be immunosuppressive.

Corticosteroids, a common class of drugs used for allergies, asthma, and other inflammatory conditions, can also be immunosuppressive.

Even a history of frequent antibiotic use has been shown to damage the diversity of the microbiome in the gut, which can directly impair immune responses.

How to boost your immune system

The good news is that whatever the state of your immune resilience, you can intervene daily to strengthen it.

Here are some effective ways to do this:

1. Feed your immune system.

Our immune system cells need a multitude of antioxidant-rich foods – mostly fresh fruits and vegetables, especially those high in vitamin C and beta-carotene.

Focus on getting daily servings of dark leafy greens like kale, deeply pigmented berries like blackberries, and fiber-rich cruciferous vegetables like cabbage, broccoli, and arugula.

The minerals zinc and selenium are also powerful immune-supporting nutrients and are found in nuts, seeds, shellfish, and some meats.

Finally, add superfoods like shitake and maitake mushrooms, green tea, and spices like turmeric, rosemary, and cloves.

2. Get some sunshine.

In addition to boosting your mood, just 10 to 15 minutes a day of full-spectrum light can provide an adequate amount of vitamin D, an important immune-supporting vitamin.

There is some evidence that low vitamin D is a risk factor for poor immune status, including autoimmune disease and Covid. So if you have low immunity, it’s a good idea to get your levels checked and supplement your time in the sun with vitamin D pills.

3. Focus on sleep.

The quality and quantity of sleep have a major impact on immune resilience.

Chronic sleep deprivation is associated with higher inflammation and more frequent infections. Indeed, while our body is resting, the cells of the immune system can also focus all their efforts and energy on a powerful attack against viruses and bacteria.

Additionally, sleep enhances the formation of memory antibodies against bacteria and viruses, to help build a stronger immune system for the future.

4. Quit smoking.

It should be obvious, but even the chemicals in secondhand and even thirdhand smoke are carcinogenic. The damage these products create in our tissues keeps us inflamed and in a constant state of repair.

Cigarettes, marijuana, and vapes are all harmful to the respiratory tract, which is the first barrier of entry for airborne viruses and bacteria.

5. Limit alcohol consumption.

Alcohol has negative effects on most of our innate and adaptive immune cells.

Chronic and excessive alcohol consumption also damages the lining of the gastrointestinal tract, as well as the protective T cells and neutrophils of the gastrointestinal system. This disrupts gut barrier function and allows microbes to leak into the bloodstream, leading to inflammation.

6. Double down on stress management.

Chronic, unmanaged emotional and physical stress increases the release of inflammatory cytokines, and people who have high physical and emotional stressors have higher levels of inflammation.

In fact, C-reactive protein, which is a marker of inflammation, increases in patients under acute stress.

One of the most effective ways to boost your immune response is to manage your stress through meditation, breathing exercises, and other mindfulness activities.

Dr. Heather Moday is a board-certified allergist, immunologist and functional medicine physician. She is also the author of “The Immunotype Breakthrough: Your Personalized Plan to Balance Your Immune System, Optimize Your Health, and Build Your Lifelong Resilience.” Follow her on Instagram @theimmunityMD and Facebook.

Don’t miss:

Cell structure of human metathalamus


image: High-resolution 3D reconstruction of the two metathalamic structures: six layers of the lateral geniculate body (left) and three subdivisions of the medial geniculate body (right) in the BigBrain dataset
to see Continued

Credit: Kiwitz, Brandstetter et al, 2022

The human metathalamus is extremely important for relaying auditory and visual signals to the rest of the brain. However, a detailed three-dimensional map of the cellular structure of the region was still missing. Using the BigBrain dataset, an integral part of HBP, the researchers focused on the two distinct parts of the metathalamus: the medial geniculate body (MGB) with its subdivisions; and the lateral geniculate body (LGB) with its six layers.

“The BigBrain dataset helps us understand the structure of complex subcortical nuclei,” says Andrea Brandstetter from the Institute for Neuroscience and Medicine, Forschungszentrum Jülich, in a video by the HBP Partnership Project HIBALL. “New deep learning-based approaches are being used to learn more about the topography and cellular architecture of the metathalamus,” continues Kai Kiwitz from the Cecile and Oskar Vogt Institute for Brain Research, University Hospital Düsseldorf. .

The new 3D maps are freely available online as part of the EBRAINS Atlas; you can browse them here. “In this way, they can be used by the scientific community to link BigBrain’s microscale histology with functional measurements,” says Kiwitz. In addition to expanding our knowledge of brain structure, the maps also have clinical relevance: many neurological disorders and dysfunctions involve the metathalamus, and very detailed information regarding these structures could be used in conjunction with neuroimaging to better illuminate the diagnosis and facilitate neurosurgery and deep care. brain stimulation.

The study was funded by the Human Brain Project, the Helmholtz International BigBrain Analytics and Learning Laboratory, the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research, and the Max Planck Society for the Advancement of Science. The computing time was provided by the Jülich Supercomputing Center.

Warning: AAAS and EurekAlert! are not responsible for the accuracy of press releases posted on EurekAlert! by contributing institutions or for the use of any information through the EurekAlert system.

In-depth research of the global digital encoder market, industry statistics 2022


The Global digital encoder market The report emphasizes on a detailed understanding of some crucial factors such as size, share, sales, forecasted trends, supply, production, demand, industry, and CAGR to provide a comprehensive perspective of the overall market. Additionally, the report also highlights challenges impeding market growth and expansion strategies employed by leading companies in the “Digital Encoder Market”.

Global Digital Encoders Market research report analyzes leading players in key regions such as North America, South America, Middle East & Africa, Asia-Pacific. Provides insights and expert analysis on important market trends and consumer behaviors, as well as insights into key market data and brands. It also provides all the easily digestible information.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full Table of Contents, List of Tables and Figures, Chart) @ https://reportsglobe.com/download-sample/?rid=174662

The authors of the report draw up an encyclopedic assessment of the most important regional markets and their evolution in recent years. Readers are provided with accurate facts and figures on the Digital Encoders market and its important factors such as consumption, production, revenue growth, and CAGR. The report also shares gross margin, market share, attractiveness index, and value and volume growth for all segments studied by analysts. It highlights key developments, product portfolio, markets served and other areas depicting business growth of major companies profiled in the report.

The report has been prepared using the latest primary and secondary research methods and tools. Our analysts rely on government documents, white papers, press releases, reliable investor information, financial and quarterly reports, and public and private interviews to gather data and information about the market in which they operate.

Key Players Covered in the Digital Encoders Markets:

  • Cisco
  • Tokyo Sokuteikizai
  • Renishaw
  • Broadcom
  • Baumer Group
  • EIB sensors
  • Allied movement
  • Dynapar
  • Hengstler
  • CTS
  • Heidenhain
  • Gurley
  • CPE
  • Honest Sensor Corporation
  • Bourns
  • Omron
  • American digital
  • Honeywell
  • Grayhill
  • UI

    Digital Encoders Market Breakdown by Type:

  • optical type
  • magnetic type

    Digital Encoders Market Split By Application:

  • Health care
  • Machine tools
  • Consumer electronics
  • Assembly equipment
  • Other

    The Digital Encoders market report has been segregated into distinct categories such as product type, application, end-user, and region. Each segment is rated based on CAGR, participation, and growth potential. In the regional analysis, the report highlights the potential region, which is expected to generate opportunities in the global Keyword Market in the coming years. This segment analysis is sure to prove to be a useful tool for readers, stakeholders, and market players to get a complete picture of the global Keyword Market and its growth potential in the coming years.

    Get | Discount on the purchase of this report @ https://reportsglobe.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=174662

    Scope of the Digital Encoders Market Report


    The description






    2022 to 2028




    Types, applications, end users, and more.


    Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends


    North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa

    Geographic segment covered in the report:

    The Digital Encoders report provides information on the market area, which is divided into sub-regions and countries/regions. In addition to the market share in each country and sub-region, this chapter of this report also contains information on profit opportunities. This chapter of the report mentions the market share and the growth rate for each region, country and sub-region during the estimated period.

    • North America includes the United States, Canada and Mexico
    • Europe includes Germany, France, UK, Italy, Spain
    • South America includes Colombia, Argentina, Nigeria and Chile
    • Asia Pacific includes Japan, China, Korea, India, Saudi Arabia and Southeast Asia

    Goals and Objectives of Digital Encoder Market Research

    • To understand the Digital Encoders opportunities and advancements determines the market highlights, along with the key regions and countries involved in the market growth.
    • Study the various segments of the Digital Encoders market and the dynamics of the Digital Encoders in the market.
    • Categorize the Digital Encoder segments with increasing growth potential and assess the futuristic segment market.
    • To analyze the most important trends related to the various segments which help decipher and convince the Digital Encoders market.
    • Check region-specific growth and development in the Digital Encoders Market.
    • Understand the major Digital Encoder market players and the competitive image value of the Digital Encoder market leaders.
    • To study the key plans, initiatives, and strategies for the development of the Digital Encoders Market.

    The study thoroughly examines the profiles of major market players and their key financial aspects. This comprehensive business analysis report is useful for all new and existing participants when designing their business strategies. This report covers KEYWORD production, revenue, market share and growth rate for each key company and covers the breakdown data (production, consumption, revenue and market share) by regions, type and applications. Digital encoder historical breakdown data from 2016-2021 and forecast for 2022-2028.

    Ask questions about personalization at @ https://reportsglobe.com/need-customization/?rid=174662

    Some highlights from the table of contents:

    1 Presentation of the report

    2 Market Trends and Competitive Landscape

    3 Digital Encoder Market Segmentation by Types

    4 Digital Encoders Market Segmentation by End Users

    5 Market Analysis by Major Regions

    6 Core Products of Digital Encoder Market by Major Countries

    7 North America Digital Encoder Landscape Analysis

    8 Europe Digital Encoder Landscape Analysis

    9 Asia-Pacific Digital Encoders Landscape Analysis

    10 Latin America, Middle East and Africa Digital Encoders Landscape Analysis

    11 Profile of Key Players

    How Reports Globe is different from other market research providers:

    The creation of Reports Globe has been underpinned by providing clients with a holistic view of market conditions and future possibilities/opportunities to derive maximum benefit from their business and assist in decision making. Our team of in-house analysts and consultants work tirelessly to understand your needs and provide the best possible solutions to meet your research needs.

    Our team at Reports Globe follows a rigorous data validation process, which allows us to publish publisher reports with minimal or no deviation. Reports Globe collects, separates and publishes over 500 reports each year covering products and services in many areas.

    Contact us:

    Mr. Mark Williams

    Account Manager

    WE: +1-970-672-0390

    E-mail: [email protected]

    Website: Reportsglobe.com

  • Judge grants immunity to prison officials in overcrowding and showering lawsuit | Courts


    Despite the reinstatement of a civil rights lawsuit against an inmate by the Denver-based federal appeals court, a trial judge granted immunity to prison officials for allegedly unconstitutional conditions that they created in the case.

    U.S. District Court Judge Raymond P. Moore on Tuesday dismissed allegations by Larry Allen Thompson, who accused officials at the Buena Vista Correctional Facility of violating his right to privacy and failing to submit to cruel and unusual punishments. Thompson, who suffers from post-traumatic stress disorder following a childhood sexual assault, went 25 days without showering because prison staff refused to give him access to an unshared shower.

    Although Thompson said corrections staff were unaware of his “very real and tangible fears” stemming from his PTSD, Moore concluded that no previous court rulings would have warned the defendants that they were violating Thompson’s rights by denying him a private shower.

    “Although he need not identify a case exactly on point, the existing case law must be sufficient to have placed the constitutional issue beyond debate,” Moore wrote in a March 29 order. In deciding so, he adopted the recommendation of a magistrate judge who concluded that Thompson could, at a minimum, bathe in the sink if he chose.

    Similarly, in dismissing Thompson’s other claim that overcrowding and understaffing in the prison amounted to inhumane conditions, Moore noted that Thompson’s experience was “nowhere near as egregious” as in the case of other detainees.

    Thompson originally filed a lawsuit in 2018, but within weeks Senior U.S. District Court Judge Lewis T. Babcock dismissed the allegations as frivolous. The United States Court of Appeals for the 10th Circuit, however, disagreed and reinstated the lawsuit. The appeals court explained that Thompson’s claims “may fail upon further consideration,” but he made a plausible legal argument.

    Representing himself, Thompson alleged violations of his right to privacy of his body, his right not to be subjected to cruel and unusual punishment and his right to equal protection of the law. This last claim involved Thompson’s theory that because transgender and intersex inmates benefited from private showers, the right should be extended to him because of his PTSD.

    Originally, Buena Vista staff moved Thompson from a residential area with private shower stalls to another area with a common facility. Thompson alleged that the unit supervisor was aware of Thompson’s medical condition and denied his transfer grievance. Another facility manager allegedly told Thompson it was “not his problem” if Thompson “doesn’t want to shower with other men.”

    Thompson abstained from showering for 25 days, which he called “psychological torture”. Meanwhile, manager Jason Lengerich reportedly wrote to Thompson’s wife saying that Thompson ‘has not self-identified as transgender, gender non-conforming or intersex’ and that he would not be allowed a private shower . In early October 2017, less than a month after the transfer, officials allowed Thompson to resume showering in private.

    The lawsuit sought $76,000 from the defendants for Thompson’s alleged constitutional violations. The government, in seeking the dismissal of the litigation, said there was no case from the 10th Circuit or the United States Supreme Court that said prison officials were acting unconstitutionally when forcing an inmate to shower with members of his sex.

    “Other courts have strongly rejected claims that inmates have a right to bodily privacy to be seen briefly by other inmates of the same sex,” the Colorado attorney general’s office wrote.

    Thompson countered that it was not his position that being “briefly seen” by members of the same sex was unconstitutional.

    “Mr. Thompson, incarcerated for over 29 years, has been strip searched hundreds of times (all related to legitimate penological security issues),” Thompson wrote. In contrast to this “controlled and secure environment”, Thompson said his own sexual assault at age 14 – which took place in a shower – aroused a “tangible fear of being sexually re-victimized by sexual predators in an area/a environment that provides no safety and/or security barriers.”

    Last month, U.S. Magistrate Judge S. Kato Crews recommended granting qualified immunity to jail defendants. Qualified immunity protects government employees from civil liability unless they violate a clearly established legal right. Although qualified immunity in theory prohibits police and other law enforcement officials from being prosecuted for acting reasonably, in practice judges look at previous court decisions to see if the behavior of these agents is considered acceptable in very similar circumstances.

    Crews agreed with the government that there was little support for the idea that Thompson “has a constitutional right not to be seen naked by inmates of the same sex.”

    As for Thompson’s claim for equal protection, Crews believed that Thompson’s PTSD did not put him in the same category as transgender or intersex inmates, given that the latter have physical or behavioral characteristics that expose them to greater risk of aggression.

    Finally, the magistrate pointed out that being deprived of access to the shower for 25 days did not necessarily mean that Thompson could not bathe at all. Thompson had “access to some form of running water, such as a sink” and, therefore, was not subjected to unusual cruel punishment.

    The lawsuit also raised concerns about the limited space given to inmates at Buena Vista. Thompson alleged a lack of fresh air and cleaning supplies, and complained of a nearly two-week lockdown. He also claimed that the lack of staff led to a “scrum” between inmates which lasted nearly 10 minutes.

    Crews was unsympathetic, finding that Thompson had not alleged that he was starved or beaten, and that Thompson’s only injury was “discomfort”. The magistrate judge pointed to a 2002 10th Circuit decision, which found that an inmate’s lack of hygiene items, cleaning supplies, and minimal clothing and bedding while detained in a cold basement cell was not even cruel and habitual punishment.

    Moore adopted Crews’ recommendation. In relation to Thompson’s trial, Moore acknowledged a cruel and unusual punishment finding in a previous case where inmate living spaces were “fire traps”, dining rooms were “immediate health hazards” and where two men shared a 40 square foot “cubicle”. Measured against those conditions, Thompson had not experienced “extreme deprivation,” the judge found.

    The deal is Thompson v. Lengrich et al.

    Editor’s Note: The spelling “controlled” instead of “controlled” in court documents is as the note reads.

    Sleep Hygiene App | Circadian Rhythm Tracker for Optimal Energy Updated


    This announcement is in line with the company’s commitment to helping users realize their full potential for productivity, performance and well-being by improving their sleep habits.

    More information is available at https://risescience.com

    People who feel drowsy during the day can now get insights from this app on their sleep habits along with methods to improve their sleep habits for more energy.

    The CDC recommends a minimum of seven hours of good-quality sleep for adults, but sleepfoundation.org reports that about 70% of Americans can be sleep deprived — with serious results. Insufficient sleep can affect the brain’s ability to concentrate and function and can weaken a person’s immune system.

    Many people mistakenly think that they need the best pillow, mattress, and blanket. The RISE team explains that sleep hygiene does not rely on these elements. Instead, it includes behaviors throughout the day that may not appear to be related to sleep, but may either interfere with or promote better sleep.

    As explained on the Rise Science website, sleep deprived people often subjectively adapt to deprivation and acquire sleep debt, resulting in less than optimal cognitive function even when they think they are functioning at full capacity. .

    Fortunately, an individual can improve their sleep hygiene by paying off their sleep debt and reversing the problems caused by deprivation.

    Another way for an individual to improve their sleep hygiene is to work with their circadian rhythms and plan their work and rest around their daily highs and lows.

    The RISE software application, which benefits from the scientific concepts of sleep debt and circadian rhythms, uses the gyroscope and motion sensors of iPhones and Androids to track sleep and recommend ways to improve sleep and energy.

    Rise Science co-founders Leon Sasson and Jeff Kahn drew on their knowledge of sleep science and behavioral science to design this app that syncs with devices like Apple Watch, Fitbit, Garmin, and Oura.

    The RISE team recommends that individuals know their own sleep needs so they can modify their behaviors to improve their circadian rhythms and sleep.

    A spokesperson for Rise Science says, “We want to make the world healthier, more enjoyable, and more productive by championing natural sleep, so we’re going beyond tracking sleep time and vague gestures about sleep quality. . We want our users to experience the ongoing, real rewards of becoming sleep conscious.

    Interested parties can find more information at https://risescience.com

    Contact information:
    Name: Lola Feiger
    Email: Send Email
    Organization: Rise Science
    Address: 548 Market St, San Francisco, CA 94104, USA
    Website: https://www.risescience.com

    Build ID: 89072348

    countex tracking


    Phelps Hospital opens $8.4 million cancer imaging suite


    High-tech imaging brings patients cutting-edge cancer and neurology care closer to home

    On Wednesday, March 30, 2022, Phelps Hospital hosted a groundbreaking event to launch an $8.4 million cancer imaging suite. (Left to right: Dr. Anna Komorowski, Medical Director, Hematology/Medical Oncology, Phelps Hospital; Eileen Egan, Executive Director, Phelps Hospital; Mary L. Melvin, Donor and Cancer Patient Survivor; Michael Glennon, Associate Vice President, Phelps Hospital; Kevin Beiner, SVP, Regional Executive Director, Northwell Health; and Dr. Anthony Febles, Chief of Radiology, Northwell Health.)
    Photo credit: Northwell Health

    Phelps Hospital has announced the opening of a new high-tech imaging suite equipped with a PET/CT scanner built by Siemens Healthineers. The $8.4 million, 3,746 square foot space exemplifies the hospital’s commitment to providing patients with Northwell Health Cancer Institute at Phelps Hospital everything they need – from diagnosis to treatment – under one roof.

    The PET/CT suite includes several rooms designed to optimize patient comfort and safety – from private recording and scheduling stations to comfortable waiting areas, private patient rooms, a radiopharmaceutical hot lab, a CT room , among others. Until now, Phelps patients who needed PET scans had to travel farther and had long wait times.

    “The PET/CT suite is one of the most exciting projects I have worked on in my career at Phelps,” said Eileen Egan, RN, executive director of Phelps. “It’s the missing link in the circle of care for radiology patients, who can now eliminate unnecessary travel and get the services they need right in their own backyards. When designing this space, the most important concept for us was the patient experience – their privacy, safety and comfort.

    PET/CT imaging is the simultaneous use of PET and CT scans to create an advanced, comprehensive single image. PET scans use radiopharmaceuticals (tracers) that are injected intravenously and absorbed into the body. The rate of metabolic degradation of tracers in the body reveals its cellular activity. Combined with CT imaging, this enables accurate assessment of organs and tissues, as well as early detection and diagnosis of diseases and/or other conditions.

    “We opened the doors to Northwell Health Cancer Institute at Phelps Hospital five years ago,” said Anna Komorowski, MD, Medical Director of Phelps Hematology and Medical Oncology. “As our services continued to grow, we knew this was a critical step for us. PET/CT is a powerful diagnostic tool in oncology with multiple applications. It helps us detect cancer, identify where it resides in the body and which area is best for biopsy. We can also better understand the patient’s prognosis, assess the effectiveness of treatment and determine if the cancer has come back.

    PET/CT is used for patients with lung cancer, breast cancer, melanoma, lymphoma, multiple myeloma, neuroendocrine tumors as well as some pancreatic, colon and metastatic prostate cancers. They can also be extremely beneficial for the diagnosis and treatment of dementia and other cognitive disorders as well as epilepsy and heart patients.

    “While many people who have heard of PET/CT associate it with oncological conditions, another very impactful use is for patients with cognitive impairment,” Anthony Febles, MD, Chief of Radiology at Phelps. “Having these capabilities here at Phelps is going to be instrumental in our geriatric practice. It is often extremely difficult to identify the exact cause of a patient’s dementia. PET/CT provides us with an effective modality to achieve this.”

    The new sequel was funded, in part, by capital investments from Northwell Health, New York State’s largest healthcare system, as well as philanthropic contributions. One of these generous donors is Mary L. Melvina lung cancer survivor who was diagnosed and treated at Phelps.

    “Phelps has something to fill every bill,” Ms. Melvin said. “We are inclined to think that only in a hospital in a big city can we find first-rate doctors. I would say, ‘You can’t beat Phelps.’ I can’t believe the care at a big city hospital could be any better than at Phelps. And here you get the love, attention and encouragement from the nurses and everyone else. Phelps is a very special place to me. Words cannot describe how blessed I feel – and I want to say “Thank You” by giving back.

    For more information, visit https://phelps.northwell.edu/cancer-institute.

    PhD student Gann wins Henry Daniell International Scholar Award


    Photo submitted

    (Left) Peter James Gann, PhD student, cell and molecular biology; (Middle) Maria Clara Chaves, master’s student; crop, soil and environmental sciences; (Left) Dominic Dharwadker, undergraduate student, majoring in biochemistry.

    Peter James Gann of the Cell and Molecular Biology (CEMB) program won the Henry Daniell International Scholar Award (HD-ISA) from the American Society of Plant Biologists-Southern Section (ASPB-SS). Gann received the award at the ASPB-SS Annual Meeting Banquet held March 28, 2022 in Birmingham, Alabama.

    The HD-ISA is a unique, competitive, merit-based award that recognizes an internationally outstanding graduate plant biologist. Gann was selected for demonstrating his ability to make a positive contribution to plant biology, as evidenced by his scientific research publications, previous awards, presentations, and assumed leadership in the field.

    Gann is a Fulbright scholar from the Philippines who began his graduate studies at the U of A in 2018. His research focuses on understanding the cellular, molecular, and biochemical mechanisms of grain filling, germination, and growth in rice through to a gene editing approach. Portions of his work have been published, presented at conferences and awarded by learned societies. He is advised by Vibha Srivastava of the Department of Crop, Soil and Environmental Sciences (CSES).

    In addition to the HD-ISA, Gann was also shortlisted for the Student Travel Award which supported his participation to present his paper, “Targeted Mutagenesis of Vacuolar H+ Translocation Pyrophosphatase (V-PPase) GATA Promoter by CRISPR/Cas9 Reduces Chalkiness in Rice,” at the ASPB-SS Annual Meeting. Two other students from the Srivastava lab also presented their research projects at the meeting: Dominic Dharwadker, undergraduate student in biochemistry, and Maria Clara Chaves, master’s student in CSES.

    About ASPB: The ASPB is a 501(c)(3) professional corporation dedicated to advancing research and education in plant science. It publishes three world-class journals and organizes conferences and other educational activities that are essential to the advancement of science. The southern section includes Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia and West Virginia.

    Video quick take: Deloitte’s John Mennel explains how purpose drives business value


    Todd Pruzan, HBR

    Welcome to Quick HBR Video Shooting. I’m Todd Pruzan, editor for research and special projects at Harvard Business Review.

    As stakeholders increasingly expect businesses to engage with societal issues, business purpose has become a strategic imperative that creates widespread benefits across all organizations.

    But a new Deloitte report titled “C-suite Insights: How Purpose Delivers Value in Every Function and for the Enterprise” reveals that while a wide range of companies recognize the value of purpose, they often struggle to put it into practice. implemented, with “goal” activities. missing and leaders often isolated from core business operations.

    John Mennel, head of goal strategy in Deloitte Consulting’s Monitor Deloitte practice, is one of the report’s authors. John, thank you so much for speaking to us today.

    Jean Mennel, Deloitte

    Thanks Todd.

    Todd Pruzan, HBR

    John, what is the purpose and why should C-suite executives care?

    Jean Mennel, Deloitte

    Excellent question. We define purpose as the raison d’être of an organization and [the] the positive impacts that its core business brings to all its stakeholders and to society. The purpose of an organization sets it apart and makes it more valuable in the long run.

    And that’s the main reason why all leaders should care. And in addition to defining the overall goal, we advise clients to really focus on the systems, processes and incentives that enable them to achieve their goal consistently every day, because that consistency in delivering on our promises really is the key.

    Todd Pruzan, HBR

    Is there a particular C-suite maintainer who should be responsible for the goal?

    Jean Mennel, Deloitte

    Not really. Each member of the C-suite has a different and important role to play in defining and enabling purpose. The CEO is obviously critical and plays a role, both champion and integrator, and connects purpose to business strategy.

    Many companies, including Deloitte, also have a primary goal or sustainability leader who can help facilitate the setting of function-specific goals, enable collaboration and alignment to improve overall results. But in reality, every leader, from CFO to CIO, to CMO and HR director, has their own role to play.

    Todd Pruzan, HBR

    What business value does purpose bring to a company?

    Jean Mennel, Deloitte

    It’s interesting. Research shows that purpose drives value for a wide range of stakeholders, so everything from talent to operations to supply chain, brand, cost of capital and investment. And enabling purpose is an integral part these days of being a well-run business and presenting yourself as well-run.

    Our research, the recent Deloitte study, indicates that talent is by far the biggest driver of value right now, with 79% of the people we surveyed (C-suite executives) agreeing that purpose supports recruitment, engagement and talent retention. And the business case for the goal can often be based purely on talent play.

    Todd Pruzan, HBR

    OK, so how and to what extent do C-suite leaders hold themselves accountable for goal priorities?

    Jean Mennel, Deloitte

    There is significant opportunity to strengthen accountability and improve in this area. Our research shows, for example, that while most C-suite executives surveyed, 70% of the total, say the role is highly connected – impacted by their company’s goal priorities – only around a third say that their compensation is tied to their performance against these goals. So the truth is that there is still a long way to go when it comes to accountability.

    Todd Pruzan, HBR

    What steps can C-suite leaders take to effectively demonstrate their purpose?

    Jean Mennel, Deloitte

    We recommend five things to start with. The first is to articulate the why of the business. So how does your core business create value for your stakeholders and for society?

    The second is to embed the purpose into the organizational culture. So in the current culture, in the organizational chart, and in the processes and systems that I talked about earlier.

    The third is to establish the business case for purpose in each function and measure against it with quantitative KPIs. The fourth is to link executive performance and compensation to goal outcomes.

    And the fifth is to elevate the sustainability purpose or function within the organization. And this is often done by creating a primary goal or sustainability manager who reports to the CEO.

    Todd Pruzan, HBR

    Awesome. Well, John, that’s been a great conversation. Thank you very much for joining us today.

    Jean Mennel, Deloitte

    Thanks Todd.

    To read more about this conversation, click here.

    ‘Natural Immunity’ Now Satisfies Employer Vaccination Mandates in Utah

    Utah State Capitol Building (Credit: powerofforever/Getty Images)

    Natural immunity to COVID-19 infection could allow Utah seniors and other workers to circumvent workplace vaccination mandates.

    A bill signed into law this week by Utah Gov. Spencer J. Cox, HB 63, clarifies that having “natural immunity” to COVID-19 based on prior infection will satisfy the requirement of an employer’s vaccination mandate. Employees must submit a note from the health care provider confirming a previous infection to receive an exemption from an employer inoculation requirement.

    Rep. Jefferson Burton (R-Salem), who sponsored the bill, previously called it a “clean-up bill” to legislation passed in 2021 barring employers from mandating vaccines in the workplace. Utah SB 2004, passed in November, requires most Utah employers to waive any COVID-19 vaccine requirement if an employee — or potential employee — submits a statement objecting to the vaccine for health or religious, or on the basis of personal beliefs.

    SB 2004 did not apply to employers with fewer than 15 workers who showed a link between the vaccine requirement and an employee’s job duties. It also did not apply to workers subject to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services interim rule affecting certain health care organizations.

    Utah Health Care Association President and CEO Allison Spangler said the bill won’t have a major impact on the state’s assisted living communities because most don’t do not impose the vaccine.

    As in SB 2004, HB 63 mandates that no “adverse action” can be taken against an employee who requests an exemption. The new law defines adverse action as refusal to hire or dismissal, demotion or reduction in salary. The Natural Immunity Act specifically states that worker reassignment is not an adverse action if the employee’s vaccination status is not the sole reason for reassignment.

    The new law also states that an employer can still require vaccination or proof of vaccination if they link the requirement to the employee’s assigned duties and responsibilities, or if reassignment is not practical.

    HB 63 states that employers cannot keep or maintain a record or copy of an employee’s proof of vaccination, but this does not prevent an employer from verbally asking an employee to voluntarily disclose their vaccination status. The previous law prohibited employers from keeping proof of employee vaccination records, but did not prohibit an employer from recording whether an employee had been vaccinated.

    As with previous legislation, HB 63 requires employers to pay for all COVID-19 testing requirements for employees.

    OSHA COVID-19 healthcare ETS

    Utah joined 26 other state attorneys general in asking the Occupational Safety and Health Administration to withdraw its COVID-19 vaccination and testing mandate for large private employers after the majority of the Supreme Court blocked the rule. OSHA withdrew the rule soon after.

    Separately, OSHA adopted its temporary COVID-19 Emergency Health Care Standard in June, but removed the “no-record-keeping” portions of it in late December because the agency was unable to complete a final rule within the time frame set out in the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. On Tuesday, OSHA announced it would hold an informal virtual hearing on April 27 as it works to establish a final version of the rule, intended to protect assisted living facilities and other healthcare workers from exposure to COVID-19 at work. The agency is also accepting written comments on its efforts until April 22.

    The healthcare ETS required that assisted living communities and other healthcare facilities conduct risk assessments and have written plans in place to mitigate the spread of the coronavirus. Workplace safety rules also required healthcare employers to provide some employees with N95 respirators and other personal protective equipment. Additionally, the standard included social distancing, employee screening, and cleaning and disinfection protocols. The final version will have changes.

    Mortgage rates near 5% as Fed tightens and inflation rattles bond markets


    U.S. mortgage rates approached 5% on Friday, the highest daily average in more than four years, as war-aggravated inflation fears spooked financial markets and the Federal Reserve ended a program of inflation. two-year emergency that spurred demand for bonds containing home loans.

    The average locked-in rate for a 30-year fixed mortgage eligible to be guaranteed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac – the most common form of home financing – rose to 4.87% on Friday, the highest since late 2018, after rising by a third of a percentage point in a week, according to data from Optimal Blue. The 30-year average jumbo rate rose to 4.4%, the highest since 2019.

    Mortgage rates are rising after the Fed this month ended an asset-purchase program that aimed to maintain credit during the pandemic. When demand for bonds declines, investors may demand higher yields, which puts upward pressure on mortgage rates.

    Inflation, which eats away at fixed asset returns, is also a factor, said Mark Goldman, head of loans at C2 Financial Corp. in San Diego.

    Frequently, unrest overseas causes global fund managers to pile into the perceived safety of US bond markets, which can drive down mortgage rates – as happened during the Brexit crisis in the UK. United, he said. But, because Russia’s invasion of Ukraine has caused energy costs to skyrocket, it has the opposite effect as investors demand higher returns to offset inflationary pressures.

    The new fuel price spike adds to inflation data from earlier this month, showing U.S. prices were rising at the fastest pace in four decades after two years of power chain bottlenecks. supply caused by the covid-19 pandemic.

    “Inflation is the enemy of interest rates,” Goldman said. “When higher inflation is expected, interest rates rise.”

    The Fed’s next steps are perhaps the most important in the minds of bond investors, who influence lending rates based on the returns they are willing to accept for mortgage-backed securities, he said. -he declares.

    “One of the big concerns is how quickly the Fed will unload its mortgage and Treasury bonds,” Goldman said. “They have this huge inventory of them, and the market is already trying to gauge what they think might happen when the Fed starts selling those stocks.”

    For much of the past two years, the Fed has been buying $120 billion in bonds a month to stave off the kind of credit crunch that sank the economy in 2008.

    The monthly purchases included $80 billion in Treasury bills and $40 billion in agency mortgage-backed securities – that is, bonds containing home loans backed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, the securitizer of loans guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration and the United States Department of Veterans Affairs.

    The Fed being the biggest buyer in the bond market drove mortgage rates to new lows in 2020, fueling a housing boom that sent house prices soaring in 2021. The median price of a home previously owned jumped 17% last year, the biggest annual gain on record, according to the National Association of Realtors.

    The nearly $6 trillion in bond purchases over the past two years have pushed the Fed’s balance sheet to record highs. The central bank now holds $8.5 trillion in securities, according to a statement released last week, including $5.8 trillion in Treasury bills and $2.7 trillion in mortgage-backed securities.

    The pace set by the Fed for shrinking its balance sheet will influence 10-year Treasury yields, a benchmark for mortgage bond investors, as well as yields on mortgage-backed securities.

    Details on the asset sale plan will begin to emerge on April 6, when the federal open market committee releases its minutes, Fed Chairman Jerome Powell told a news conference. March 16. The cuts could begin as soon as the next FOMC meeting, which is May 3-4, he said.

    “At our meeting which ended today, the committee made good progress on a plan to reduce our securities holdings, and we expect to announce the start of the balance sheet reduction at a future meeting.” , Powell said at the press conference. “In making decisions on interest rates and the balance sheet, we will consider the broader context of markets and the economy, and we will use our tools to support financial and macroeconomic stability.”

    As Powell sought to reassure financial markets with promises of “stability,” the pace of mortgage rate increases has already exceeded the outlook of all major housing forecasters, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the National Association of Realtors and the Mortgage Bankers Association. . According to data from Optimal Blue, Friday’s four-year high for the average 30-year conforming fixed mortgage rate was 1.5 percentage points higher than at the start of the year.

    While there is always uncertainty when forecasting economic data points, including bond yields and mortgage rates, we live in times of additional uncertainty due to the war in Ukraine, Powell said.

    “The implications of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine for the US economy are highly uncertain,” Powell said. “In addition to the direct effects of rising global oil and commodity prices, the invasion and related events could restrict overseas economic activity and further disrupt supply chains, with on the American economy.

    A leading company in the field of medical devices will build a center for


    Sacramento (RANCHO CORDOVA), Calif., March 28, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — ThermoGenesis Holdings, Inc. (Nasdaq: THMO), in partnership with the City of Rancho Cordova and the Greater Sacramento Economic Council (GSEC), announced that the company is building a multi-million dollar, 35,500 square foot cell manufacturing center of excellence in Rancho Cordova, a Greater Sacramento suburb, to provide contract manufacturing services for cell therapies, including one called ” CAR-T cell therapy”. ”, which could save the lives of many cancer patients just like Emily Whitehead.

    The field of CAR-T cell therapy emerged in 2012 when a young girl named Emily Whitehead, diagnosed with acute lymphoblastic leukemia at the age of 5, received the first CAR-T cell therapy after all others treatment options have been exhausted. CAR-T cell therapy saved her life and she is now celebrating nine years without cancer.

    The work was led by Professor Carl June of the University of Pennsylvania. They then published their impressive results in the New England Journal of Medicine in 2017, reporting clinical trial data from 111 patients treated with autologous anti-CD19 CAR-T cell therapy (using their own cells), where the rate of response was 82%, and the complete response rate was 54%. This was remarkable compared to the results of traditional cancer therapies.

    In 2017, following outstanding clinical results, the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the first CAR-T cell therapy, Kymriah®, using the patient’s own immune cells for the treatment of acute leukemia lymphoblastic. As of the end of 2021, the FDA has approved five CAR-T therapies for various forms of blood cancers, and worldwide there are more than 1,200 registered clinical trials related to CAR-T cells targeting a variety of blood tumors and solid.

    CAR-T cell therapy, along with other cell therapies, will now be the focus of the Center of Excellence. The Center of Excellence will be an expansion of ThermoGenesis’ current operations in the region with the goal of quadrupling production efficiency and halving costs for cell gene therapy (CGT) drugs. The project plans to create more than 100 well-paying professional jobs and generate more than $500 million in new revenue over the next 10 years.

    Chris Xu, Ph.D, Chairman and CEO of ThermoGenesis, said, “ThermoGenesis aspires to leverage our 35 years of history and innovative insights to create a competitive advantage in cell manufacturing for cell gene therapies, which , we believe, will become a major part of We believe this new center will facilitate the development of more innovative cell-based drugs, meeting the needs of future drug developers and patients, and bringing more innovation to healthcare.

    Over the past decade, CGT has become the “next pillar of medicine”. CGT primarily uses its own cells to produce a form of cell-based medicine to fight diseases, including cancer. Although highly effective, the low manufacturing efficiency, lack of manufacturing capacity, and high production costs of these breakthrough therapies hamper their future applications and accessibility. ThermoGenesis’ new facility in Greater Sacramento will help alleviate some of these barriers, increasing both production and accessibility.

    “We are thrilled to see ThermoGenesis deepen its roots in Greater Sacramento. Their 35-year commitment to the region is a testament to our transformation into a world-class life sciences community,” said Barry Broome, President and CEO of GSEC. “We look forward to the continued growth and success of ThermoGenesis here.

    ThermoGenesis was founded in 1986 in Rancho Cordova. The company chose to build its new manufacturing facility in the area, thanks to the support the city of Rancho Cordova had provided them over the years and the availability of skilled talent in the area, including partnerships with institutions regional education programs facilitated by GSEC.

    “The City of Rancho Cordova is proud to welcome ThermoGenesis’ new Center of Excellence for Cellular Manufacturing to our community,” said City Manager Cyrus Abhar. “ThermoGenesis has made a longstanding investment in Rancho Cordova, creating new jobs in our town and boosting our local economy. We are excited to see how ThermoGenesis will continue to develop innovative health therapies and make them more affordable, saving lives around the world from its home in Rancho Cordova.

    ThermoGenesis has pioneered the development of automated cell processing technologies for cell banking and, more recently, the field of cellular gene therapy. Its AXP® and BioArchive® systems have been the number 1 platform for the cord blood banking industry. More than 1.2 million cord blood samples have been processed with ThermoGenesis technology worldwide, and nearly 90% of all FDA-approved (BLA) cord blood units in the United States have been stored in the BioArchive® intelligent cryo-storage system.

    Thermogenesis is the latest in a series of cell and gene therapy companies exploring expansions and relocations in the Greater Sacramento area. Fueled by world-class medical research centers like UC Davis, the upcoming $1.1 billion Aggie Square research park and just 90 miles from the San Francisco Bay, the area is quickly becoming a magnet for innovation in cell and gene therapy.

    “ThermoGenesis’ advances in cell and gene therapy are a perfect embodiment of First Northern’s and GSEC’s support of innovative work in the region,” said Jeremiah Z. Smith, Senior Executive Vice President/Chief operating company of First Northern Bank and member of the board of directors of GSEC.


    Wendy Samford
    (916) 858-5191
    [email protected]

    Jasmine district
    Greater Sacramento Economic Council
    (916) 287-9043
    [email protected]

    Ashley Downton
    City of Rancho Cordoba
    (916) 542-3875
    [email protected]

    About ThermoGenesis Holdings, Inc.

    ThermoGenesis Holdings, Inc. develops, markets and commercializes a range of automated technologies for CAR-T and other cell therapies. The company currently markets a full suite of solutions for automated clinical biobanking, point-of-care applications and automation for immuno-oncology, including its functionally closed, semi-automated CAR-TXpress™ platform, which streamlines the manufacturing process for emerging drugs. CAR-T Immunotherapy Market. For more information about ThermoGenesis, please visit: www.thermogenesis.com.

    About the Greater Sacramento Economic Council

    The Greater Sacramento Economic Council is the catalyst for innovative growth strategies in California’s Capital Region. The organization spearheads community leadership to retain, attract, grow and scale merchant sectors, grow leading industries, and create jobs and investment in a six-county region. Greater Sacramento represents a collaboration of local and state governments, market leaders, influencers and stakeholders, with the single mission of driving inclusive economic growth. The Greater Sacramento Region was founded on discovery, built on leadership and fueled by innovation.

    About the Town of Rancho Cordova

    The city of Rancho Cordova incorporated on July 1, 2003, becoming the 478th city in California. Since then, the city has grown into an emerging urban center, while maintaining a small-town feel. More than 3,500 businesses employ more than 65,000 people, making Rancho Cordova one of the largest employment centers in the Greater Sacramento area. The city’s nearly 80,000 residents enjoy a beautiful six-mile stretch of the American River, a thriving arts scene, 26 miles of biking and walking paths, 70 acres of streams and tributaries. and over 100 events (mostly free). Whether you call Rancho Cordova an American City, Playful City USA, or Tree City USA, the city’s neighborhoods and business districts reflect diversity and opportunity, making Rancho Cordova a community where anyone can live, work, learn and play.


    Gelcoat Market Size and Forecast


    New Jersey, United States,- the gelcoat market report always aims to provide an in-depth understanding of the overall market. In order to secure the finances of the industry, it aims to provide some independent facts. Moreover, it provides data on market shares, market tactics, growth factors and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the small and large business sectors. Key success factors, key success details, distribution channels and industry pricing structure are some of the important market dimensions discussed in this market analysis. It further focuses on market segmentation by product type, application, type, and region.

    Various key business segments, market shares, market challenges and market size are some of the critical factors discussed in this Gelcoat market report. He then discusses other important factors as fundamental factors such as mergers, acquisitions, new launches, approaches and developments. It enables key players to seize the best possible economic opportunities by providing an overview of the entire market environment. It covers the market growth in major regions of the world like Asia-Pacific, Middle East, North America, Africa and Latin America. This Gelcoat Market analysis report sheds light on the growth factors of the industry.

    Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=9986

    Key Players Mentioned in the Gelcoat Market Research Report:

    Ineos Enterprise, Bufa Composite Systems Gmbh, HK Research Corporation, Allnex, Scott Bader Company, Poliya Composites Resins and Polymers, Interplastic Corporation, Alpha Owens-Corning (AOC) Aliancys, Polynt-Reichhold Group, Turkuaz Polyester

    This Gelcoat market research analysis helps to reach the target demographic and thus increase sales. It continues with presenting new business opportunities, supporting customer expansion and presenting changing market trends. All the information presented here is very helpful in developing well-informed trading strategies. It also discusses some essential elements that influence business growth, such as the approaches of major players, important pricing structures, business promotion methods, and economic analysis. With the help of this insightful business study, players can avoid the same mistakes and optimize business processes.

    Gelcoat Market Segmentation:

    Gelcoat Market, By Resin Type

    • Polyester
    • Vinyl ester
    • Epoxy
    • Others

    Gelcoat Market, By End Use

    • Sailor
    • Transportation
    • Construction
    • Wind energy
    • Others

    The regional analysis section of the report enables players to focus on high growth regions and countries which could help them expand their foothold in the Gelcoat market. Besides expanding their footprint in the Gelcoat market, the regional analysis helps players to increase their sales while gaining a better understanding of customer behavior in specific regions and countries. The report provides CAGR, revenue, production, consumption and other important statistics and figures in global and regional markets. It shows how different types, applications, and regional segments of the Gelcoat Market are progressing in terms of growth.

    Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=9986

    Scope of the Gelcoat Market Report

    UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
    SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
    REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
    BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
    CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

    Determining the pulse of the market becomes easy with this detailed analysis of the Gelcoat market. Key players can find all competitive data and market size of major regions like North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia-Pacific and Middle East. As part of the competitive analysis, certain strategies are profiled which are pursued by key players such as mergers, collaborations, acquisitions and new product launches. These strategies will greatly help industry players to strengthen their position in the market and grow their business.

    Answers to key questions in the report:

    1. Who are the top five Gelcoat market players?

    2. How will the gelcoat market evolve in the next five years?

    3. Which product and which application will take the lion’s share of the Gelcoat market?

    4. What are the Gelcoat Market drivers and restraints?

    5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

    6. What will be the CAGR and size of the Gelcoat market throughout the forecast period?

    For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/gelcoat-market/

    Visualize the gelcoat market using verified market intelligence:-

    Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

    VMI provides a comprehensive overview and global competitive landscape with respect to region, country, and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with built-in presentation functionality that saves you over 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D, and product development. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

    Visualize the gelcoat market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

    About Us: Verified Market Research®

    Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. data and technical advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

    Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and gas. etc

    At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

    Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

    Contact us:

    Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

    Verified Market Research®

    USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
    UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
    APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
    US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

    E-mail: [email protected]

    Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

    Have you checked your family’s financial immunity?


    The pandemic has underscored the importance of taking care of your health diligently. However, it also raised the value of three “Fs”: freedom, family, and finances. Being immune to this deadly virus has been a priority, but now there are also questions about how one should achieve financial immunity without compromising the other.

    There was a spike in people searching “How to save?”, “How to invest?” on Google for a year. And the current job market, the rising cost of basic necessities and the lack of social security have only added to the concern. In the midst of such a scenario, we all want our families to be protected from the strong winds of uncertainty and to be in the pink of our physical and financial health.

    The meaning of financial immunity for each person and their family is different. With various investment opportunities at our disposal, life insurance acts as a financial instrument that not only financially protects the breadwinner but also provides savings and investment options by building up the desired corpus to meet the family financial needs.

    To simplify this process, here are the different stages of life and the relevant life insurance solutions to ensure and strengthen your financial immunity:

    For people between 20 and 30 years old: It is advisable to take out insurance at a younger age as the premiums are cheaper. If you are young and have recently started earning a steady income, you may want to consider building your wealth and financially securing your parents. If your parents are approaching retirement age, their future medical finances need to be taken care of now. At this stage of life, term plans and ULIPs can provide you and your loved ones with financial support in case the eventuality arises. A term plan offers the highest sum assured at nominal costs. Plus, what’s overlooked at this age is how vital it is to stretch your finances and grab the best health or critical illness coverage you can afford. The absence of pre-existing conditions will open up a plethora of options that may not be available later in life.

    For people between 30 and 40 years old: In this stage of life, you will inevitably take on more responsibilities, your family grows, your assets increase, daily and lifestyle needs change and continue, but the question remains: is all this covered by a solid protection plan? Until a few years ago, most of us thought that living within our means and building up savings was more than enough for an average household. But the pandemic has taught us how quickly markets turn, savings are ruined and asset values ​​implode – while our lives and livelihoods hang in the balance. It is imperative for all salaried people to have a flexible term plan that protects your family’s financial future and grows with growing aspirations. In addition to a term plan, you may want to consider investing in a children’s plan or a guaranteed income plan. A children’s plan can help you plan for your future education costs. Guaranteed income plans can help you meet your short-term and long-term monetary needs.

    For people between 40 and 50 years old: During this stage of life, you focus on your children’s higher education, post-retirement income, and caring for your aging parents — in short, the sandwich generation! You are responsible for your own ambitions, the future goals of your children, and the well-being of your parents. Moreover, the costs of education and medical care are increasing at an exponential rate. It makes sense to protect your family and your investments with a term plan, bolstered by additional riders like critical illness coverage, premium waivers, and more. To achieve your financial goals and alleviate the existing financial burden, it is advisable to also consider secured money. -return plans and retirement savings plan tailored to your current and future needs.

    For people over 60: Here, you are considering retirement or perhaps a 2.0 career project. If you had invested in a refund insurance plan earlier, you will begin to reap the benefits now. Even if you opted for a term insurance plan, it would provide increased coverage depending on your life stage, making you financially immune. Adding riders will cover some of your critical illnesses. The idea of ​​looking into retirement plans at this point isn’t far-fetched either.

    As you can see, life insurance is not only necessary, but also a comprehensive tool to protect one’s freedom, family and finances. Only with such a strong and solid foundation can one consider oneself financially sound and immune.

    (The author is Chief Actuary, Aditya Birla Sun Life Insurance Company)

    Posted: Sunday, March 27, 2022, 9:52 AM IST

    Please note: 9-1-1 not available for 3G networks/mobile phones in 2022


    From the North County Fire Protection District

    If your mobile phone is more than a few years old, you may need to upgrade your device before your mobile operator shuts down their 3G network to avoid losing service. For more information on your mobile carriers’ 3G retirement plans and how you can prepare for them, contact your carrier directly.

    What is happening?

    Mobile operators are shutting down their 3G networks, which rely on older technology, to make way for more advanced network services, including 5G. As a result, many older cell phones will not be able to make or receive calls and texts, including 911 calls, or use data services. This will affect 3G mobile phones and some older 4G mobile phones that do not support Voice over LTE (VoLTE or HD Voice).

    When is this happening?

    As of January 1, although plans and timing for phasing out 3G services vary by company and are subject to change. Check your mobile carrier’s website for the most up-to-date information.

    ● AT&T has announced that it will complete the shutdown of its 3G network by February 2022.

    ● Verizon has announced that it will complete the shutdown of its 3G network by December 31st.

    ● T-Mobile has announced that it will complete the shutdown of Sprint’s 3G CDMA network by March 31.

    If your mobile carrier is not listed here, you may still be affected. Many carriers, such as Cricket, Boost, Straight Talk and several Lifeline mobile service providers use the networks of AT&T, Verizon and T-Mobile.

    What do you need to do?

    Contact your mobile phone provider or check your provider’s website for more information on their 3G retirement plan and whether your phone or other connected device may be affected. It’s important to plan now so you don’t lose connectivity, including the ability to call 911.


    What happens when you call 9-1-1?

    When you call on a landline or cell phone, the call is answered by the main public safety answering point. Once you indicate the nature of the emergency or the reason for calling 911, the primary PSAP will transfer your call to the appropriate police, fire, or medical agency. Please do not hang up but stay on the phone.

    9-1-1 must know where to go

    When you dial 9-1-1, you will be asked for the location of the emergency you are reporting. The dispatcher may not automatically know your location and ask you to confirm it. Be prepared to give as much detail as possible about your location. It is extremely important to provide an accurate address, especially when calling 9-1-1 by cell phone.

    If you call 911 from a landline, the stored address and phone number will automatically appear on our screen. However, it is still necessary for the dispatcher to verify the address because sometimes the telephone company’s database has not been updated to the correct address or sometimes someone calls 911 for an emergency at a location. different.

    If you call 911 from a cell phone, it does not display your exact location on the dispatcher’s computer screen, but shows the general vicinity of where you are calling from via GPS or triangulation.

    Dial 9-1-1 and stay calm, be prepared

    Try to stay calm, answer questions and follow all instructions. Professional dispatchers are trained to get information from you. Listen carefully and answer as precisely as possible.

    Dispatchers will ask many questions, please do not hang up

    Dispatchers are highly trained to assess each situation and notify the police or first responders so they are well prepared when they arrive. They can also give you instructions that can help save a life, even before emergency help arrives. Please do not hang up.

    Is 9-1-1 for emergencies?

    9-1-1 is for emergencies, not information. Citizens should call 911 for any matter related to an emergency, even if it does not appear to be life threatening. It is recommended to call 911 and speak to a dispatcher even if you are not sure if the situation is a real emergency. The dispatchers are there to help you! Remember that it is advisable not to call 911 if other people around you have already called and spoken with a dispatcher. When multiple calls for the same emergency arrive, this backs up the system and may delay response for other emergencies.

    ● If you have a power outage, call SDG&E, not 9-1-1.

    ● During a natural disaster, do not call 9-1-1 to ask questions about what to do or where to go.

    Tune into your local news or go online to https://ReadySanDiego.org.

    ● 2-1-1 is San Diego’s number for health and disaster services.

    What if I’m put on hold?

    Calls are answered in the order they are received, so if you hang up and call back, your call will go to the end of the queue, which may result in a slower answer.

    9-1-1 dispatchers receive instant notification whenever a caller is on hold and will do their best to answer your call as quickly as possible.

    What happens if I accidentally call 9-1-1? Am I going to get in trouble?

    If you dial 9-1-1 incorrectly, do not hang up! Instead, stay on the line and tell the dispatcher you got the wrong number; otherwise, they will have to call you back. If they cannot reach you, a police officer may be dispatched to your location to make sure you are okay. This ties up valuable resources from real emergencies.

    Should I just go to the fire station?

    The first and most important reason you should never do this is that firefighters and paramedics may be out for another emergency. Second, by personally transporting your emergency, whatever it is, you increase the chances of causing a separate emergency. The more you know what to expect when you call 9-1-1, the faster help can reach you. Help is already sent. Stay calm, listen carefully, give information and follow instructions

    Everyone should know the numbers. Train your whole family. Even a very young child can learn to recognize an emergency and dial 9-1-1.

    Five BSU students pursue research with undergraduate scholarship funds


    Five students from Bemidji State University will have the opportunity to continue their undergraduate research after being named recipients of the Dr. Richard Beitzel Biochemistry Student Research Fund.

    Established as an endowment gift from Bemidji State University alumnus Dr. Elwood Largis (’65), this scholarship is awarded each spring to biochemistry students conducting research on campus. The five recipients and their projects are:

    • “Time-dependent effect of antioxidants on equilibrium levels of reactive oxygen species in injured human dermal fibroblasts” by Jessica Carneysenior biochemistry, cell and molecular biology.
    • “Creating NHE1 Knockout Cells to Advance Ovarian Cancer Research” by Rumer Flatnessjunior biochemistry, cellular and molecular biology, and Taylor Kotsenior biochemistry, cell and molecular biology.
    • “Subcellular Colocalization of Rho GTPase TCL with Rab Family GTPases” by Simone Intriagosenior biochemistry, cell and molecular biology.
    • “Mapping of transposon insertion locations that cause transformation of euchromatin to heterochromatin by reverse PCR” by Madeleine Gruysa senior in biology.

    Led by several professors from the BSU Department of Science, these research projects focus on the smallest cell to the largest organ. Many scholarship recipients aim to continue in graduate school or medical school to further their careers in this field.

    Lakeland News is member supported content. Please consider supporting Lakeland News today.

    Fauci finally admits natural immunity ⋆ Brownstone Institute


    Yes, Fauci never cared about consistency or even contradicting himself from day to day, often without explanation. Too often his distribution of “science” has looked like performance art. Yet the record is that Fauci and all of his compatriots downplayed or denied natural immunity for two years. This has been the source of great confusion.

    In fact, it might have been the most egregious scientific error of the entire pandemic. It was like giving the silent treatment to the most established point of cell biology we have. It was taught to all generations from the 1920s until the turn of the new century when people stopped paying attention to it in 9th grade biology classes.

    After the outbreak of the pandemic, Fauci said nothing about it for a year and a half. John Snow’s memorandum, written to counter Great Barrington’s statement, claimed “there is no evidence of durable protective immunity against SARS-CoV-2 following natural infection.” Warrants and passports ruled him out. Academic, medical, and corporate authorities have generally refused to acknowledge it.

    When CNN’s Dr. Sanjay Gupta asked him specifically, on Sept. 13, 2021, Fauci was quick to balk.

    “I don’t have a really firm answer for you on this. That’s something we’re going to have to discuss regarding the sustainability of the response,” Fauci said. “I think it’s something we need to sit down and seriously discuss.”

    In other words, no one knows!

    The HHS chief refused to say anything, even when grilled by Rand Paul.

    Earlier, the WHO even supported this denial, going so far as to change its own definition of immunity in the midst of a pandemic. They eliminated the old phrase about natural immunity and replaced it with a statement that immunity comes from “protecting people from the virus” not “exposing them to it”. That’s some clever rhetoric there!

    There is no doubt that this effort to deny natural immunity was systematic and pushed from above.

    How has this changed? In February 2022, the CDC finally released on the subject that they couldn’t forever deny. And now Fauci himself blurted out the following in a March 23, 2022 interview:

    “When you look at the cases, they don’t seem more serious [than Omicron] and they do not appear to escape vaccine immune responses or previous infection.”

    What is critical here is not his questionable assertion about vaccines, but rather his flippant remark about prior infection. It was pitched like, “Everybody knows that.” If so, it’s no thanks to him, the CDC, or the WHO.

    Certainly, all we have known for two years – if not 2.5 thousand years – is that immunity to previous Covid infection is real. Vaccines have traditionally been a replacement version of this. Brownstone has collected 150 studies that demonstrate that immunity by infection is effective, broad and long-lasting.

    If this message had existed during the shutdowns, the attitude towards the virus would have been very different. We would have clearly seen the current reality from the start, that endemicity usually occurs in the case of a new virus of this type due to exposure-induced population immunity. This is how mankind evolved to live in the presence of pathogens.

    If we had had widespread public awareness of this, the public health priority would not have been to lock down people who can handle exposure, but rather to alert those who cannot pay attention until that herd immunity within their own circle of contacts has been achieved by encountering the virus. and recovering.

    To those who say it’s dangerous, consider that mass exposure is precisely what happened anyway, spread over two years rather than a single season. This delay of the inevitable could be what allowed variants to emerge and take hold in successive cycles, with each new one hitting naïve immune systems in ways that are hard to predict. Flattening the curve meant “prolonging the pain”, exactly as Knut Wittkowski predicted in March 2020.

    A widespread understanding of natural immunity would have changed the whole calculus of public perception of how to manage one’s life in the face of a new virus. Instead of just running and hiding, people could have considered compromises, as they always had in the past. What is my risk of infection and under what conditions? If I get the thing, then what? It could also have shifted priorities, from disease avoidance and vaccine grants and mandates to thinking about the crucial thing: what should people do if they get sick? What should doctors recommend and prescribe?

    The negligence of therapy figures very strongly there. If people believed that locking themselves in, staying away, masking up, stopping travel and generally giving up all choices in life were the right way to make a pathogen magically disappear, they additionally have the impression that the risk of serious outcomes is evenly distributed across the population plus they think 3-4% of the population is going to die from Covid (as was suggested at the start) you end up with a much more docile people.

    If natural immunity had rightly been considered the most robust and broad form of immunity all along, and if we had instead followed the idea of ​​targeted protection, vaccine mandates would have been out. of questions.

    In other words, silence on this subject has been essential in scaring people around the world into embarking on an unprecedented assault on rights and freedoms, thereby wasting up to two years of education from childhood, shutting down millions of small businesses and stripping people of religious freedoms, in addition to the public health collapse that has led to record alcohol and opioid-related deaths, not to mention lost cancer screenings , childhood vaccinations and general poor health, both physical and mental.

    This trick is not without consequence. Once could expect some contrition. Instead, we get a passing comment and nothing more. After all, speaking frankly about this topic could be risky: it would imply that their entire mitigation strategy was flawed from the start and should never be attempted again.

    • Jeffrey A. Tucker is founder and president of the Brownstone Institute and author of several thousand articles in the scholarly and popular press and ten books in 5 languages, the most recent of which is Liberty or Lockdown. He is also the publisher of The Best of Mises. He speaks widely on topics of economics, technology, social philosophy and culture. [email protected]


    Process and control today | Reduction of energy costs thanks to the insulation of plate heat exchangers


    Although the piping is always insulated, it is less common to see insulation on plate heat exchangers. To ensure optimal operation and efficiency, duct wraps will reduce energy expenditure with a short term return on investment and can be fitted to any size appliance. Ensuring that the plate heat exchanger is in optimum condition is also crucial to ensure maximum performance and efficiency.

    Tony Church of Rotamec explains the benefits of plate heat exchanger insulation and efficient maintenance procedures.

    Regardless of the type of building, from a dairy or brewery to a factory or office environment, piping is almost always insulated. Insulation and coating protect pipes from environmental conditions, supporting long-term operation and minimizing maintenance requirements. Basically, insulation reduces temperature transfer, minimizes heat loss, or helps maintain cool temperatures for gas and liquid flow. Pipe insulation therefore increases energy efficiency, reduces operating costs and lowers the carbon footprint of an installation.

    What is less common, however, is the isolation of plate heat exchangers and larger flow control devices, such as isolation valves. If a plate heat exchanger is not insulated, it will radiate heat in the same way as piping, wasting energy and reducing its operating efficiency. Without insulation, temperature differences can also generate condensation, creating maintenance problems such as corrosion as well as increased ambient humidity.

    The pipes are quick and easy to insulate thanks to their uniform, cylindrical and narrow structure, and lagging is ubiquitous and inexpensive. Although equipment such as valves and especially plate heat exchangers vary in size, it is always inexpensive and simple to insulate them.

    Plate heat exchangers usually incorporate insulation into their design, but this does not completely prevent heat loss or ensure optimum efficiency. The larger the unit and the more heat exchangers in an installation, the greater the potential losses and the greater the need for insulation. Given the years of lifespan and 24-hour use, this can be a significant waste of energy and budget. For these reasons, it is almost always more cost effective to insulate a heat exchanger than to leave it exposed.

    As insulation protects the plate heat exchanger from environmental challenges, it will also extend service life, reducing long-term capital expenditure as well as maintenance requirements. Insulation is also a cost effective but important safety precaution, protecting operators and personnel from hot surfaces.

    The insulation of the plate heat exchanger is provided by an insulating jacket, an inexpensive way to optimize energy efficiency. The sheath is usually constructed from an outer glass fabric with an inner layer of mineral fiber insulation. The thickness of this layer can vary depending on requirements, but is typically around 50mm, and insulation can be provided for a temperature range of -50°C to over 1000°C.

    As plate heat exchangers and equipment such as valves vary in size, jackets are usually custom made and cover all required sizes. The jacket’s insulation can also fit into tight spaces with minimal clearance. Assembly is quick and easy, with the multi-panel insulation ducts secured by velcro and drawstring, with no need to uninstall equipment prior to assembly. It can also be quickly and easily removed if needed for future maintenance. A facility management support company such as Rotamec can inspect a building, create the required specifications, then supply and install the insulation ducts, with installation typically taking less than a day.

    Before protecting a heat exchanger with insulation, it is useful to ensure that it is operating at its optimum efficiency, which includes checking that all maintenance requirements are addressed. Visual inspection by an experienced technician can identify replacement needs, and new plates and gaskets can be installed on site by Rotamec engineers within 24 hours, minimizing downtime and disruption.

    If any plates or gaskets are corroded, non-destructive testing is helpful to check for leaks and whether repair would be a more cost effective outcome than replacement. By removing the plates and gaskets, they can then be analyzed in a workshop where they are tested for cracks, weakness and discharge. The plates are repaired, after thorough chemical cleaning, and are then relined, or alternatively, if more efficient and economical, the plates are replaced. The plates and gaskets are then brought to site and mounted on the heat exchanger in situ by a Rotamec engineer.

    All repairs and new equipment from Rotamec come with a 12 month warranty. In addition to the 24/365 repair and supply of rotating mechanical equipment, for which Rotamec is best known, the company repairs and supplies all equipment required for facilities management services. The same fast service covers the South West, South Wales, and now with Covelec, the Midlands and the M1 Corridor.

    Ask the supplier for information about the products in this article for FREE

    Login or Register

    Process and Control Today is not responsible for the content of articles and images submitted or produced externally. Click here to email us regarding any errors or omissions in this article.

    Once called cellular debris, tiny bubbles may play a key role in understanding and treating disease


    Scientists have long wondered how cells communicate with each other, but Rutgers researchers used a simple roundworm to solve the mystery. Credit: Rutgers University

    Scientists have long wondered how cells communicate with each other, but Rutgers researchers used a simple roundworm to solve the mystery.

    The study, published in the journal Current biologycould help develop treatments for Alzheimer’s disease and other neurodegenerative diseases.

    Cells share good and bad news with each other, and one of the ways they do this is through tiny bubbles called extracellular vesicles (EVs). Once thought of as cellular debris, EVs carry beneficial or toxic cargo that promotes good health or disease. In the human brain, for example, electric vehicles carry pathogenic proteins that may influence the progression of Alzheimer’s disease.

    “Although EVs are of profound medical importance, the field lacks a basic understanding of how EVs form, what cargo is packed into different types of EVs from the same cell types or different and how different cargoes influence the range of EV targeting and bioactivities,” said lead author Inna Nikonorova, postdoctoral researcher.

    EVs, which are found in human fluids including urine and blood, can be used in liquid biopsies as biomarkers of disease, as healthy and diseased cells pack different EV cargoes.

    The Rutgers research team decided to use a simple experimental animal…C.elegans, or roundworms – and state-of-the-art genetic, molecular, biochemical and computational tools to study the unknown function that electric vehicles have in our bodies.

    Maureen Barr, a professor in the Department of Genetics, and Nikonorova developed a large-scale identification project that identified 2,888 potential freighters.

    Given the importance of EVs in the human nervous system, Nikonorova focused on the EVs produced by cilia, the cellular antennae that transmit and receive signals for intercellular communication. Specifically, the researchers focused on the EV cargo produced by nerve cells and found that EVs transport RNA-binding proteins as well as RNA, whose role in effective therapies is seen in the COVID-19 mRNA vaccine.

    Nikonorova and Barr hypothesized that neurons pack RNA-binding proteins and RNA into electrical vehicles to drive communication between cells and between animals. A fundamental understanding of RNA-EV biology is important for developing tailored EVs for RNA-based therapies.

    “We developed an innovative method to label, track and profile EVs using genetically encoded and fluorescently labeled EV cargo and performed large-scale protein isolation and profiling,” Nikonorova said. “Using this strategy, we discovered four new cargoes of EV cilia. Combined, these data indicate that C.elegans produces a complex and heterogeneous mixture of EVs from multiple tissues in living animals and suggests that these environmental EVs play diverse roles in animal physiology.

    Future efforts in Barr’s lab will be directed toward understanding EV-mediated RNA communication.

    Healthy or sick? Tiny Cell Bubbles May Hold the Answer

    More information:
    Maureen M. Barr, Isolation, Profiling, and Cargo Tracking of Extracellular Vesicles in Caenorhabditis elegans, Current biology (2022). DOI: 10.1016/j.cub.2022.03.005. www.cell.com/current-biology/f … 0960-9822(22)00396-7

    Provided by Rutgers University

    Quote: Once called cellular debris, tiny bubbles may play a key role in understanding and treating disease (2022, March 24) retrieved March 24, 2022 from https://phys.org/news/2022-03-cellular- debris-tiny-key-role.html

    This document is subject to copyright. Except for fair use for purposes of private study or research, no part may be reproduced without written permission. The content is provided for information only.

    CULT Food Science Portfolio Company California Cultured Featured in the Atlantic


    California Cultured featured in a technology-themed article in The Atlantic regarding lab-made chocolate

    VANCOUVER, BC, March 24, 2022 /CNW/ – CULT Food Science Corp. (“CULT” or the “Company”) (CSE: CULT) (OTC: CULTF) (FRA: LN0), an innovative investment platform focused exclusively on cellular agriculture that advances the development of new technologies to provide a sustainable, environmental and ethical solution to the global crises in industrial agriculture and aquaculture, is pleased to announce that his holding company, California Cultured, was recently the subject of an article (the “Item“) published by The Atlantic Magazine (the “Atlantic“). The article, “Silicon Valley Is Coming for Your Chocolate: One Day the Cocoa in Beloved Treats Could Come From a Petri Dish”, discussed the evolution of the food industry and the processing of the production of cocoa and chocolate items that California Cultured plays a leading role in. The article can be accessed via the following link: https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/archive/2022/02/lab-made-chocolate-silicon-valley/622888/

    In the article, the author, Larissa Zimberoff, discussed the evolution of food production, including the broad food industry category of cocoa. She also confirmed that she has tried some of the products that California Cultured designs in her lab in Davis, California and described it favorably as “creamy and sweet”. California Cultured is focused on creating chocolate products that taste, feel, and smell identical to today’s chocolate products from the world’s controversial cocoa farms. The CULT portfolio company is working to encourage and create a more sustainable food industry and is optimistic that the exposure gained through the article will help propel its initiative forward.

    Overall, California Cultured is working to educate consumers around the world about the danger of continuing to produce cocoa in the traditional way. Cocoa farming leads to massive deforestation and the current structure of the industry exploits cocoa farmers and encourages child slave labor. CULT and California Cultured are strongly aligned with the belief that cellular agriculture is the way of the future for much of the world’s food production that is harmful to humans, the earth, and the environment. CULT made a strategic investment in California Cultured earlier this year as part of its overall vision to improve access to the food future.

    Management commentary

    “Having CULT’s portfolio company, California Cultured, recognized in The Atlantic and having readers engage with its mission is incredible validation for the company and for a future where food is made without it. be necessary to harm animals, people or the earth. We are encouraged by California Cultured and its tenacity to make a difference. We believe that cell-based foods have the ability to change the world in a variety of ways and CULT hopes that a piece like this in The Atlantic will go a long way in changing the world’s perception of cell-based foods and increasing understanding of cellular agriculture globally,” said Lejjy Gafour, President of CULT .

    About CULT Food Science

    CULT Food Science Corp. is an innovative investment platform focused exclusively on cellular agriculture that advances the development of new technologies to provide a sustainable, environmental and ethical solution to the global factory farming crisis. The first of its kind in North AmericaCULT Food Science aims to provide individual investors with unparalleled exposure to the most innovative start-up, private or start-up cultured meat and cultured dairy companies around the world.

    Additional information can be found by visiting the company’s website at www.cultfoodscience.com or its regulatory filings on www.sedar.com.

    On behalf of the Company’s Board of Directors,


    “Lejjy Gafour”
    Lejjy Gafour, President

    The Web: www.CULTFoodScience.com
    Twitter: @CULTFoodScience

    Forward-looking information:

    The information contained in this press release may involve forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are statements that relate to future and not past events. In this context, forward-looking statements often address a company’s expected future business and financial performance and often contain words such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “plan”, “estimate”, “expect” and ” intend”, statements that an action or event “may”, “could”, “could”, “should” or “will” be taken or occur, or other similar expressions. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements, or other future events, to be materially different from the results, performance or future achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following risks: those associated with the marketing and sale of securities; the need for additional funding; reliance on key personnel; the potential for conflicts of interest between certain officers or directors with certain other projects; and the volatility of the price and volume of the Common Shares. Forward-looking statements are made based on the beliefs, estimates and opinions of management as of the date the statements are made and, except as required by law, the Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements. if these beliefs, estimates and opinions or other circumstances should change. Investors are cautioned against attributing undue certainty to forward-looking statements. For more information on risk, investors should consult the company’s management report and other disclosure documents filed with the regulatory authorities, available at www.sedar.com.

    SOURCE CULT Food Science Corp.

    For more information: Tel: +1 (833) HEY-CULT (+1 (833) 439-2858), Email: [email protected]; For French inquiries regarding CULT Food Science: Maricom Inc., Tel: (888) 585-6274, Email: [email protected]

    Global Laundry Drying Cabinets Market Report, Growth Overview, In-Depth Research and Segment Analysis


    The Global laundry drying cabinet market The report emphasizes on a detailed understanding of some crucial factors such as size, share, sales, forecasted trends, supply, production, demand, industry, and CAGR to provide a comprehensive perspective of the overall market. In addition, the report also highlights challenges impeding market growth and expansion strategies employed by leading companies in the “Drying Cabinets Market”.

    The Global Clothes Drying Cabinets Market research report analyzes major players in key regions such as North America, South America, Middle East & Africa, Asia-Pacific . Provides insights and expert analysis on important market trends and consumer behaviors, as well as insights into key market data and brands. It also provides all the easily digestible information.

    Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://reportsglobe.com/download-sample/?rid=159110

    The authors of the report draw up an encyclopedic assessment of the most important regional markets and their evolution in recent years. Readers are provided with accurate facts and figures about the Drying Cabinets market and its important factors such as consumption, production, revenue growth, and CAGR. The report also shares gross margin, market share, attractiveness index, and value and volume growth for all segments studied by analysts. It highlights key developments, product portfolio, markets served and other areas depicting business growth of major companies profiled in the report.

    The report has been prepared using the latest primary and secondary research methods and tools. Our analysts rely on government documents, white papers, press releases, reliable investor information, financial and quarterly reports, and public and private interviews to gather data and information about the market in which they operate.

    Major Players Covered by Clothes Drying Cabinets Markets:

  • Alliance Laundry Systems
  • Podab
  • Electrolux
  • Gorenje
  • John Morris Equipment Company
  • Whirlpool Corporation

    Clothes Drying Cabinets Market Split By Type:

  • Pump Ventilated Drying Cabinets
  • Heat pump drying cabinets

    Clothes Drying Cabinets Market Split By Application:

  • Professional laundry drying cabinets
  • Residential Clothes Drying Cabinets
  • Industrial Laundry Drying Cabinets

    The Clothes Drying Cabinets market report has been segregated into distinct categories such as product type, application, end-user, and region. Each segment is rated based on CAGR, participation, and growth potential. In the regional analysis, the report highlights the potential region, which is expected to generate opportunities in the global Keyword Market in the coming years. This segment analysis is sure to prove to be a useful tool for readers, stakeholders, and market players to get a complete picture of the global Keyword Market and its growth potential in the coming years.

    Get | Discount on the purchase of this report @ https://reportsglobe.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=159110

    Scope of the Clothes Drying Cabinets Market Report


    The description






    2022 to 2028




    Types, applications, end users, and more.


    Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends


    North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa

    Geographic segment covered in the report:

    The Laundry Drying Cabinets report provides information on the market area, which is divided into sub-regions and countries/regions. In addition to the market share in each country and sub-region, this chapter of this report also contains information on profit opportunities. This chapter of the report mentions the market share and growth rate for each region, country and sub-region over the estimated period.

    • North America includes the United States, Canada and Mexico
    • Europe includes Germany, France, UK, Italy, Spain
    • South America includes Colombia, Argentina, Nigeria and Chile
    • Asia Pacific includes Japan, China, Korea, India, Saudi Arabia and Southeast Asia

    Purposes and objectives of the Laundry Drying Cabinets Market Research

    • To understand the Drying Cabinets opportunities and advancements determines the market strengths, along with the key regions and countries involved in the market growth.
    • Study the various segments of the Clothes Drying Cabinets market and the dynamics of the Clothes Drying Cabinets in the market.
    • Categorize the Clothes Drying Cabinets segments with increasing growth potential and assess the futuristic segment market.
    • To analyze the most important trends related to the different segments which help decipher and convince the Clothes Drying Cabinets market.
    • Check region-specific growth and development in the Laundry Drying Cabinets Market.
    • Understand the major players in the Drying Cabinets market and the value of the competitive image of the Drying Cabinets market leaders.
    • To study the key plans, initiatives, and strategies for the development of the Laundry Drying Cabinets Market.

    The study thoroughly examines the profiles of major market players and their key financial aspects. This comprehensive business analysis report is useful for all new and existing participants when designing their business strategies. This report covers KEYWORD production, revenue, market share and growth rate for each key company and covers the breakdown data (production, consumption, revenue and market share) by regions, type and applications. Historical laundry drying cabinet ventilation data from 2016-2021 and forecast for 2022-2028.

    Ask questions about personalization at @ https://reportsglobe.com/need-customization/?rid=159110

    Some highlights from the table of contents:

    1 Presentation of the report

    2 Market Trends and Competitive Landscape

    3 Tumble Dryer Market Segmentation by Types

    4 Tumble Dryer Market Segmentation by End Users

    5 Market Analysis by Major Regions

    6 Core Product of Clothes Drying Cabinets Market by Major Countries

    7 North America Tumble Dryer Landscape Analysis

    8 Europe Tumble Dryer Landscape Analysis

    9 Asia Pacific Tumble Dryer Landscape Analysis

    10 Latin America, Middle East and Africa Landscape Analysis of Drying Cabinets

    11 Profile of Key Players

    How Reports Globe is different from other market research providers:

    The creation of Reports Globe has been underpinned by providing clients with a holistic view of market conditions and future possibilities/opportunities to derive maximum benefit from their business and assist in decision making. Our team of in-house analysts and consultants work tirelessly to understand your needs and provide the best possible solutions to meet your research needs.

    Our team at Reports Globe follows a rigorous data validation process, which allows us to publish publisher reports with minimal or no deviation. Reports Globe collects, separates and publishes over 500 reports each year covering products and services in many areas.

    Contact us:

    Mr. Mark Williams

    Account Manager

    WE: +1-970-672-0390

    E-mail: [email protected]

    Website: Reportsglobe.com

  • Why It’s Important to Boost Your Immune System and Gut Health Now


    As we head into winter and begin to prepare for the start of flu season, experts point to the importance of one particular factor that can boost our immunity against disease and infection: gut health.

    To help you fight the disease this winter, Yahoo Lifestyle asked Blooms The Chemist Pharmacist, mental wellness and sleep expert, Luke Owen to share the latest scientific advice.

    Protect yourself from illness this winter with expert-approved tips you can start today. Source: Getty Images

    Gut health is linked to our ability to fight infections

    “Evidence is mounting on the importance of gut health and the role gut microorganisms (or microbiome) play in our immune system,” Luke tells us.

    “A healthy gut microbiome exists when the balance of beneficial microorganisms outweighs the negative effects of pathogen populations (called pathogens).


    “A disruption of the gut microbiome is linked to changes in digestion and immune function.”

    How does my gut health affect my immune system?

    According to Luke, gut health plays three important roles in immunity:

    1. Barrier defense – a healthy microbiome outcompete pathogens (pathogenic microorganisms) for space to access our body and nutrients for their growth

    2. Innate Immunity – our microbiome assists our immune system through early warning signaling in the presence of pathogens as well as the secretion of antimicrobial peptides that support our immune system

    3. Acquired Immunity – our microbiome also assists our learned immune system (e.g. the target of immune system vaccines). Evidence suggests that our microbiome activates and helps direct our immune T cells, which are essential for healthy immune function.

    Why is it better to focus on immunity before Winter?

    “COVID-19 mandates have seen us isolate ourselves and use social distancing to protect ourselves from the spread of infection. In line with these increasing restrictions, the rate of flu cases has fallen from 21,266 cases in 2020 to just 598 cases in 2021.

    Sick woman with flu, cold, fever and cough sitting on sofa at home.  Sick person blowing nose and sneezing with handkerchief and handkerchief.  Woolen socks and medicine.  infection in winter.  Resting on a sofa.

    Social isolation and reduced flu vaccinations during the pandemic could be the perfect storm for a rise in illness this winter – experts recommend boosting immune and gut health now, before winter arrives. Source: Getty Images

    “As we know, COVID-19 restrictions are easing, and with work and social communities coming together, combined with cold winter weather, we will likely be physically closer to each other, which increases risk of spreading respiratory infections,” says Luke.

    “Adding to the risk of illness during the winter, the number of Australians vaccinated against the flu has increased from almost 18 million in 2020 to 8.8 million in 2021.

    “In 2022, cold and flu viruses are more likely to have opportunities to spread in a population that has not been significantly exposed since 2020.”

    What can I do to improve my gut health and immune system before winter?

    Luke explains that an important part of preparing your immune system for winter is taking care of your gut health.

    “We know that the microbiome plays an important role in your immunity, and so optimizing your microbiome (gut health) is a great strategy you can adopt to reduce your risk of infection.”

    Probiotics support gut health

    According to Luke, using probiotic products is an established way to bring your gut microbiome back into balance, which can reduce the overgrowth of disease-causing organisms.

    “Probiotics are live microorganisms that provide a health benefit when given at the right dose and with the right strain for your condition.

    “In other words, probiotics can play an important role in helping your immune system prevent and treat infections.

    Fermented vegetables for gut health - pickled cabbage with carrots and cucumbers, sour sauerkraut in glass jars.

    Probiotics, found in fermented foods, yogurts and probiotic supplements, can improve gut health and immunity against disease. Source: Getty Images

    “They are found in cultured foods like yogurt, kefir, kimchi, kombucha, or sauerkraut as well as supplement capsules and powders.

    “Your pharmacist can help you choose the right strain of probiotic for your condition, whether it’s lactobacillus rhamnosus for antibiotic-induced diarrhea or Bifidobacterium animalis for respiratory tract infections.”

    Prebiotics promote the growth of healthy gut bacteria

    “It’s also important to consider the benefits of prebiotics in promoting the health and growth of your microbiome,” says Luke.

    “A prebiotic is a dietary fiber that passes through your gut undigested and stimulates the growth and/or activity of certain ‘good’ bacteria in your large intestine.

    “Prebiotics include fructans and galacto-oligosaccharides commonly found in fiber-rich foods such as asparagus, baked beans, green peas, nectarines, oats, watermelon and wheat.

    “If you’re unable to get at least 25-30 grams of fiber a day, your pharmacist may be able to help you with a simple fiber supplement like psyllium husk.”

    Consult your healthcare professional before starting these treatments if you have severe immune deficiency, a short bowel, or are currently on a FODMAP diet.

    Never miss a thing. Sign up for the daily Yahoo Lifestyle newsletter.

    Or if you have an idea for a story, write to us at [email protected]

    ‘Climate house’ helps growers work on cultivation strategy


    The need for climate knowledge is increasing
    Every grower, every greenhouse and every variety is different. The climate outside the greenhouse is also always different, even between other regions. Habraken therefore closely follows all developments in greenhouse air conditioning. Climate screens have played an increasingly important role in this regard, and the use of two screens has become common in many cultures.

    New materials lead to new applications, such as PARperfect, which was launched last year. But that’s not enough, says Ton: “Often when we visit growers, we find that managing climate screens is not always common knowledge. Conversations go deeper and deeper into the climate and settings of screens. We noticed that there is a need for more knowledge. That’s why we started Climate House.”

    Ton Habraken

    Plant empowerment as a basis
    Growers and crop advisors already have a lot on their minds, Habraken continues.

    “We want to help producers make optimal use of screens. Also, a crop information officer often doesn’t have enough time to thoroughly analyze a grower’s climate data, but we do. We want to take our knowledge of culture and climate to the next level, with Plant Empowerment as the foundation. In collaboration with the grower and the cultivation adviser.”

    He continues: “With climate tools such as a thermal camera, we can see at the plant level what happens when you take certain climate measurements. This allows us to provide growers – also in a business comparison context – to generate additional data so that they can gain even more information on the effects of certain climatic parameters.”

    Ton Habraken

    For a faultless start
    “In practice, we sometimes come across ‘false advice’ and strange customs, such as leaving a gap in a summer screen,” says Habraken. “Then someone shouts: ‘You must always leave the screen ajar!’, without precise knowledge of the present screen. But a summer screen is already so open in the structure that it is not necessary. This is sometimes taken for granted in a producer group. . We may use data to prove that advice or usage is sometimes incorrect.”

    But what is the significant advantage for the producer? “If producers start using a new screen and ask us for advice, no major mistakes are made. It is also nice that he can immediately use our experience and knowledge to use the climate screen optimally from day one. We ensure a flawless start. “

    Maximum climate efficiency of the greenhouse
    Climate House offers paid services with various options. The basis for this is climate management and climate screens based on computer data. Scans from thermal cameras help measure the effects of specific climate measures at the plant level.

    Growers can use energy advice to see how the greenhouse climate can be made even more efficient. “It doesn’t matter what climate computer or monitors you have in the greenhouse. Or the low-tech, mid-tech or high-tech culture. For example, we guide a Moroccan producer from low-tech culture to mid-tech culture. Also, we work remotely as much as possible, more so now due to the coronavirus, but we will also physically visit once or twice a year. Whether the grower has a greenhouse in the Netherlands, Belgium, Russia, Canada or elsewhere,” Habraken promises. “There is still a lot of progress to be made on climate change in the Netherlands and Belgium.”

    Learn more about the Climate House here.

    For more information:

    Ludwig Svensson

    New nanoparticle-based COVID vaccines induce long-term neutralizing antibody response


    The global coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) pandemic has affected almost every country in the world as more than 6.1 million deaths have been reported due to COVID-19. The development and mass administration of vaccines has enabled many developed countries to begin to recover from the current pandemic; however, developing countries have not yet received enough vaccine doses to boost the immunity of their own citizens.

    Newly emerging causative severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) variants also continue to show the ability to evade both vaccine-induced and natural immunity, highlighting the need for further research on vaccines and immunity. In a recent study published on the preprint server bioRxiv*, researchers report the results of a new SARS-CoV-2 vaccine currently in a phase III clinical trial called I53-50.

    Study: Durable protection against SARS-CoV-2 Omicron induced by an adjuvanted subunit vaccine. Image Credit: solarseven / Shutterstock.com

    About the study

    Four groups of male rhesus macaques were used for the present study. In the first group, five macaques received immunization against RBD-Wu-AS03 on days 0 and 21, followed by a booster dose about six months later.

    The second group received two doses of RBD-I53-50-Wu, and the third group received two doses of HexaPro-I53-50. RBD-I53-50-Wu and HexaPro-I53-50 were administered on days 0 and 21, along with AS03 adjuvant. These mice were then boosted with an I53-50 nanoparticle displaying RBD-Beta stabilized with Rpk9 mutations.

    The last group consisted of unvaccinated controls. All animals were challenged with 2×106 units of the SARS-CoV-2 Omicron variant. The first group was tested six weeks after the final dose, while the other two groups were tested about six months after the last booster.

    Study results

    Vaccination with RBD-Wu-AS03 succeeded in obtaining binding IgG titers against the spike protein of SARS-CoV-2 wild-type, Omicron and Beta strains at day 21. These titers increased tenfold after the second immunization but were reduced to six-month pre-booster levels.

    The booster dose further enhanced the humoral immune response, as evidenced by a 2.5-fold and four-fold increase in titers against the wild-type and Omicron variants, respectively. Neutralizing antibody (nAb) responses were detected against the ancestral strain after the first dose, which increased approximately 20-fold after the second dose.

    T cell responses induced by RBD-nanoparticle vaccination with AS03 adjuvant.  a–b, Frequency of Spike-specific CD4 T cell responses against ancestral (left panel) and Omicron (right panel) strains in the RBD-Wu/RBD-Wu/RBD-Wu group.  c–d, Frequency of Spike-specific CD4 T cell responses against ancestral (left panel) and Omicron (right panel) strains in RBD-Wu/RBD-Wu/RBD-β (blue) and HexaPro/HexaPro /RBD-β groups (red).  CD4 T cells secreting IL-2, IFN-γ or TNF are shown as Th1 type responses (a,c) and IL-4 producing CD4 T cells are shown as responses Th2-type (b,d) Statistical differences between time points were determined using Wilcoxon's matched pairs signed rank test.  e, Pie charts representing the proportions of RBD-specific CD4 T cells expressing one, two, or three cytokines, as indicated in the legend.  f, Comparison of CD4 T cell frequencies between ancestral and Omicron viral strains measured at day 7 after final booster immunization.  Statistical difference was determined using Wilcoxon's matched pairs signed rank test.  The % value above Omicron represents the proportion of responses specific to Omicron versus responses against the ancestral strain.  g, Spike-specific IL-21+, CD154+ and CD154+ IL-21+ CD4 T cell responses measured in blood on day 7 after final booster immunization.  In all plots, each circle represents an animal, In f and g, black, blue and red colors indicate RBD-Wu/RBD-Wu/RBD-Wu, RBD-Wu/RBD-Wu/RBD-β and HexaPro/ HexaPro/RBD-β groups, respectively.

    T cell responses induced by RBD-nanoparticle vaccination with AS03 adjuvant. a–b, Frequency of Spike-specific CD4 T cell responses against ancestral (left panel) and Omicron (right panel) strains in the RBD-Wu/RBD-Wu/RBD-Wu group. c–d, Frequency of Spike-specific CD4 T cell responses against ancestral (left panel) and Omicron (right panel) strains in RBD-Wu/RBD-Wu/RBD-β (blue) and HexaPro/HexaPro /RBD-β groups (red). CD4 T cells secreting IL-2, IFN-γ or TNF are shown as Th1 type responses (a,c) and IL-4 producing CD4 T cells are shown as responses Th2-type (b,d) Statistical differences between time points were determined using Wilcoxon’s matched pairs signed rank test. e, Pie charts representing the proportions of RBD-specific CD4 T cells expressing one, two, or three cytokines, as indicated in the legend. f, Comparison of CD4 T cell frequencies between ancestral and Omicron viral strains measured at day 7 after final booster immunization. Statistical difference was determined using Wilcoxon’s matched pairs signed rank test. The % value above Omicron represents the proportion of responses specific to Omicron versus responses against the ancestral strain. g, Spike-specific IL-21+, CD154+ and CD154+ IL-21+ CD4 T cell responses measured in blood on day 7 after final booster immunization. In all plots, each circle represents an animal, In f and g, black, blue and red colors indicate RBD-Wu/RBD-Wu/RBD-Wu, RBD-Wu/RBD-Wu/RBD-β and HexaPro/ HexaPro/RBD-β groups, respectively.

    Notably, this immune response was not observed against the Omicron strain, as only a weak nAb response was detected. After the booster dose, the response against Omicron and the ancestral strain increased significantly.

    In groups two and three, the booster dose of RBD-Beta elicited IgG responses similar to those seen in group one. This was a significant improvement, considering the typical reduction in immune response over time. Neutralizing activity was also still detectable before the boost and then increased to significant levels after the final immunization.

    As many previous studies have observed, antibody titers were significantly lower against the Omicron variant compared to the ancestral SARS-CoV-2 strain. Using a power-law decay model assuming that decay rates decrease over time, the estimated half-life of binding IgG antibodies was found to be very similar between the different groups.

    T-cell responses were measured using intracellular cytokine staining assays after stimulation of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) with peptide pools spanning spike proteins of different variants. RBD-Wu-AS03 vaccination elicited Th1 and Th2 CD4+ T cell responses, which fell to baseline levels six months before the booster dose increased them again.

    Similar responses were observed in groups two and three. These responses had decreased significantly five months after the booster, but remained detectable.

    Spike-specific B cells were assessed using flow cytometry analysis of PBMCs with fluorescently labeled spike protein of the different variants. To this end, a robust response was observed 21 days after the second vaccination with RBD-Wu-AS03. The third dose increased the frequency of tip-specific B cells approximately tenfold; however, the frequency gradually decreased and reached pre-vaccination levels by six months.


    The new vaccine described in the present study provides effective protection against SARS-CoV-2, as it induced high levels of humoral and cellular immune responses. In addition, this vaccine was found to confer protection against the Omicron variant six weeks after the last booster. The current results also demonstrate the durability of the induced immune response, especially with regard to neutralizing antibody titers.

    As concerns continue to be raised about the rapid decline in immunity provided by currently approved COVID-19 vaccines, the vaccine described here may be more effective in providing long-term immunity against COVID-19.

    *Important Notice

    bioRxiv publishes preliminary scientific reports that are not peer-reviewed and, therefore, should not be considered conclusive, guide clinical practice/health-related behaviors, or treated as established information

    From a tiny worm, new clues about how metastatic cancer cells fuel their deadly spread


    Invading armies need a steady supply of fuel and armaments. This is just as true when the invaders are cells, as when tumor cells separate from their neighbors and spread to other parts of the body in a process called metastasis – the deadliest part of cancer.

    Now, a Duke University-led study into the little ver C.elegans provides new insights into how invading cells accumulate and deploy fuel to the front lines of invasion to power their cellular breakthrough machinery.

    In a study from the journal Development CellDuke biology professor David Sherwood and his colleagues have identified two glucose transporters that, when turned off, disrupt the energy supply of invading worm cells and even stop some of them in their tracks.

    The findings could eventually lead to new ways to cut the supply lines that allow cancer cells to metastasize in humans.

    “It’s a big deal because it gives us a new look at invasive cells to target therapeutically,” Sherwood said.

    Metastatic cancer is notoriously difficult to treat. Most cancer drugs work by killing tumor cells or slowing their growth. But very few of the more than 200 cancer drugs that have been approved for clinical use actually prevent cancer from breaking away from the original tumor and spreading to other organs – the culprit of the vast majority of cancer-related deaths. Cancer.

    “We don’t have therapies to target this step because we don’t fully understand how cells cross tissue barriers,” said Sherwood, the paper’s lead author. “It’s ironic because it’s the deadliest aspect of cancer, but the one we understand the least.”

    Part of the reason is that the process has been difficult to study. The spread of cancer is unpredictable and most cancer cells metastasize deep in the body, beyond the reach of light microscopes.

    “It’s hard to spot an invasive cell in the act,” Sherwood said.

    Sherwood’s lab is therefore studying a similar process in millimeter-long transparent worms called C.elegans. Before a developing worm can finish building its reproductive system, a specialized cell called an anchor cell must break through the dense, leaf-like mesh that separates the worm’s uterus from its vulva to clear a path for the mating and egg laying.

    Worm cells and human cancer cells use the same invasive machinery: a barrage of piston-like projections that sprout from the cell’s surface and push their way through tissue barriers to clear a path for cells to pass through. , like drilling an escape tunnel.

    The question is, “what powers these machines?” said first author Aastha Garde, a doctoral candidate in cell biology at Duke. “And can we target that instead of the machines themselves, to deprive them of their power source so that the machines stop working?”

    The researchers used a camera attached to a powerful microscope to look inside tiny worm cells hundreds of times smaller than a grain of sand and watch their “break-ins” in action.

    Garde showed a time lapse of an invading cell as it pushed and squeezed into nearby tissue. The cell had been designed with a sensor that lights up whenever an energy-carrying molecule called ATP reaches a certain level, like a cellular fuel gauge. Just as the cell was about to breach, a burst of light appeared behind the cell’s front lines, revealing an outpouring of ATP at the time of the breach.

    This ATP is produced by organelles called mitochondria – the cell’s energy factories – which are guided to the cell’s first lines of invasion by a molecular signal called netrin, the researchers show.

    The researchers also sifted through some 8,300 of the worm’s roughly 20,000 genes, silencing them one by one using a technique called RNA interference to see if the worm’s cells were still able to break through.

    They identified two genes that code for gate-like proteins called FGT-1 and FGT-2. These accumulate along the borders of the cell just before invasion and let more glucose into the cell, where it is broken down to make ATP.

    When the researchers turned off these genes, glucose and ATP levels dropped and the worm cells blocked their spread. Under the microscope, they could see cells making a weak effort to emit new piston-like projections, to push through, but most were delayed and a third of the cells stopped moving altogether.

    “Without glucose, basically all of the machinery that the anchor cell uses to cross the basement membrane is impaired,” Garde said.

    There are many scientists who still don’t know what causes cancer cells to metastasize. But the researchers hope their work on the worms will help them “uncover the Achilles’ heel of cell invasion,” Sherwood said.

    “This is an aspect of cell disruption that has been largely overlooked,” Sherwood said. “If we can stop this explosion of ATP, we can limit or stop cell invasion.”

    This research was supported by the National Institutes of Health (R35GM118049-06, R01AG045183, R01AT009050, DP1DK113644, P40 OD010440), March of Dimes Foundation, Welch Foundation, and Howard Hughes Medical Institute.

    Fuel Cycle Recognized on Two of Quirk’s Top 10 Research Companies


    Fuel Cycle placements illustrate ongoing efforts to provide brands with actionable research

    SANTA MONICA, Calif., March 22, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — Fuel cycle inc.the leading market research cloud for Fortune 500 companies, today announced its investments on Quirk’s 10 Best Advertising Research Companies 2022 and 10 Best Concept Research and Testing Companies 2022 listings for its search platform. The lists were published in Quirk’s March/April 2022 publish.

    the 10 Best Advertising Research Companies 2022 The list highlights companies that specialize in advertising research with proven tools and methodologies, such as choosing the right medium and targeting the right consumers, that have boosted brand advertising effectiveness. the 10 Best Concept Research and Testing Companies 2022 The list features companies that have demonstrated effective product development through recruiting services, package testing, or survey programs.

    “Actionable market research is the difference between success and failure for many brands,” said Rick Kellyproduct manager at fuel cycle. “Fuel Cycle’s goal is to help brands move from ideas to action, with scalable, market-leading technology that automates much of the research process. Product developers and market specialists Today’s marketers need to move faster than ever, and we appreciate the recognition we’re doing.”

    For more information on the fuel cycle, visit www.fuelcycle.com.

    About the fuel cycle
    Fuel Cycle’s award-winning Market Research Cloud is the most comprehensive intelligence gathering ecosystem in existence today. Our platform empowers decision makers to maintain constant connections with their customers, prospects, and users to uncover actionable insights in the real world. By integrating human insights with critical business data and through automated quantitative and qualitative research solutions, Fuel Cycle’s Market Research Cloud powers product innovation, brand intelligence and enhanced user experience. Breakthroughs require action. We built Fuel Cycle to light it up. For more information visit: fuelcycle.com.

    BLASTmedia for the fuel cycle
    Avery Nunez
    (317) 806-1900 ext. 159
    [email protected]

    SOURCE Fuel cycle

    As COVID wanes, immunity support is a year-round supplement category


    Sales of immunity-boosting supplements always increase after a disease scare, whether it’s SARS, Ebola, or the winter cold and flu season. But a global pandemic that spans years? Game. Changer.

    In 2020, sales of cold, flu and immunity supplements reached $5 billion for the first time, growing more than 50%. This means that 10% of all supplement sales in the United States in 2020 were for immune health support. Vitamins still dominate the market, but there is strong plant growth, as well as probiotics, which support immunity.

    You know how well cold and flu supplements used to sell for a few months in the dead of winter? It’s now a year-round pursuit, and consumers see immune supplements as something akin to the new multivitamin.

    “In 2019, pre-COVID cold, flu and immunity sales were $3.43 billion, but the category is now over $5.5 billion for all forecasted years. “, says Claire Morton-Reynolds, senior industry analyst for Nutrition Business Journal, “partly driven by the fact that immune health is now a 365-day category, not just seasonal.” This means a complete overhaul of how immune supplements are positioned and retailed, especially as immune health has overtaken “vitality” as the go-to phrase that resonates with shoppers.

    Big Bold Health HTB Rejuvenate Superfood

    Leave it to one of the smartest guys in the nutrition industry, Jeff Bland, Ph.D., to bring a new ingredient and immune rejuvenation concept to market. Himalayan Tartarian Buckwheat is the newest superfood ingredient, which is gluten-free and is believed to help train the body’s immune system, just as one might train muscles to be bigger, stronger and stronger. fast. SRP: $65.00

    GoodBelly by NextFoods Immunity To Go Fast Melts

    Probi Defendum’s Lactobacillus paracasei 8700:2 and Lactobacillus plantarum, HEAL9, probiotic bacteria strains have been shown in studies to decrease the duration and severity of colds. They can be poured straight into the mouth or poured into 4 ounces of water – stir to dissolve and go down the hatch. Flavored with natural strawberry flavor. SRP: $24.99

    Natreve Wellness Immune Strength

    This potent formulation contains the fantastic immune system primer, Wellmune’s brand name yeast ingredient beta-glucan, along with a series of premium herbal medicines like astragalus, echinacea, elderberry and reishi as well as vitamins A, C and D and a healthy dose of 25 mg. zinc. Plus, it’s non-GMO, gluten-free, soy-free, and vegan. The company also touts its bona fides as the first plastic-neutral and carbon-neutral wellness company. SRP: $29.99

    The place of venture capital investment in the fight against climate change


    Actor and climate tech investor Robert Downey Jr. sparked controversy last week when he tweeted that “tech that sucks carbon out of the air and captures it” are equally important in global efforts to halt global warming, than “the construction of new renewable energies”. “

    Why is this important: For climate technology investors (and scientists), the subject is more nuanced, with the debate centering on the optimal scale and prioritization of carbon removal and capture as a tool to combat climate change.

    The big picture: Venture capital and other investments in climate tech and energy companies have exploded in recent years.

    • Between the second half of 2020 and the first half of 2021, venture capital and private equity investors invested $87.5 billion in climate technology, with more than $60 billion invested in the first half of 2021, according to PwC . That’s a 210% increase over the previous 12 months.
    • Fourteen cents of every venture capital dollar is now invested in climate technology, PwC notes.
    • In this broader category, lenders invested more than $250 million in greenhouse gas capture, removal and storage in the first half of 2021, double the previous six months, and often generating more headlines than other types of technology.

    What they say : “I think there’s definitely a bit of irrational exuberance around [carbon dioxide removal]Josh Posamentier, managing partner of Congruent Ventures, told Axios.

    • It’s easy for investors thinking about the greenhouse gas emissions challenge to think, “Oh, that’s just a perfect solution. we’ll just blow it out of thin air! he added.
    Screenshot: @AndrewDessler/Twitter

    Between the lines: For many climate scientists, it is imperative that we cut emissions sooner to avoid betting the future on risky technology bets to phase out carbon later.

    • The latest United Nations climate report warned that we have passed the point where “minor, incremental, reactive or incremental changes” will adequately prepare society for climate impacts, as reported by Andrew Freedman of Axios.
    • This means that the fight against global warming will require a faster transition to clean energy sources such as renewable energy, energy efficiency technologies, electric vehicles and others. Carbon removal can be a complement to expanding clean energy technology, but not a substitute for it.
    • Some critics also characterize frequent purchases of carbon offsets by corporations (such as planting and preserving forests) as an effort to appear climate-conscious rather than making fundamental changes to their operations and emissions. And that’s on top of the lingering integrity and verification concerns in the carbon credit markets.

    Yes, but: Carbon removal and capture will remain one of the necessary tools in the fight against climate change.

    • “Every aspect of climate technology needs more funding. While we need to reduce emissions to zero…we need to simultaneously remove the trillions of tonnes of CO2 that are already in the atmosphere,” says Ryan Orbuch, partner at Lowercarbon Capital, who previously led the procurement program stripe’s carbon removal system.
    • “With this in mind, funding for carbon removal needs to grow rapidly – ​​and to date, it lags far behind the market opportunity.”

    Posamentier from Congruent Ventures adds that the area of ​​carbon capture that interests him is technology that turns carbon into something useful like polymers or alternative fuels, or sequesters it permanently. It’s this second step after carbon removal that he says makes a company a viable solution to managing our emissions.

    The bottom line: While not all investors are equally optimistic about individual technologies and corporate efforts to curb climate change, there is consensus that the fight requires a multi-pronged approach.

    Here’s How to Stop Aging Immediately, Experts Say – Eat This, Not That


    There are countless products on the market that advertise a “miracle cure” to turn back time, but do they really work? There is nothing wrong with getting old. It’s a part of life that we can’t stop, but we can help slow the process down by making healthy, positive lifestyle choices. Eat this, not that! Health spoke with experts who reveal their tips for staying young. Read on and to ensure your health and the health of others, don’t miss these Sure signs you’ve already had COVID.


    Dr. Nayan Patel, pharmacist, health expert and author of The Glutathione Revolution: Fight Disease, Slow Aging, and Boost Energy explains, “Glutathione plays a vital role in maintaining health, vigor and vitality as we age. The truth is that our bodies are daily assaulted by cumulative damage. Factors contributing to aging include environmental exposures, stress, and inflammation caused by free radicals. You can, however, slow the aging process with the anti-aging antioxidant glutathione, which is an enemy of oxidative stress. Optimize the natural production of glutathione in the body through the diet by including foods that stimulate glutathione production .You can also take supplemental glutathione to boost your levels even more. Supplemental glutathione comes in the form of IV drops, oral supplements, sublingual (under the tongue) drops, and topical GSH skin creams.

    Sad woman on a sofa.

    According to Dr. Patel, “The antioxidant glutathione is the second most abundant molecule in the body and the first line of defense against oxidative stress. Our body creates glutathione using amino acids from our diet. From there it removes toxins from the body, engulfs free radicals, stimulates cell function and encourages cell turnover.This means that glutathione not only prevents oxidative stress, but also helps heal the damage it leaves behind.Aging is largely due to oxidative stress – the imbalance of free radicals and antioxidants Oxidative stress causes our organs to slowly become less able to function at optimal levels, and they lose the power to regenerate themselves in a way that allows them to function at peak performance. With the skin, the body’s largest organ, you see the most visible side of aging. youthful has several mechanisms in place such as frequent cell turnover, oil and collagen production to maintain shine and structure, and more – to keep it looking fresh and plump. But the accumulation of damage causes the skin to function at a lower level. Fight oxidative stress and you fight aging.”

    inflammation of the body

    “Oxidative stress triggers inflammation in the body – inflammation is a defense mechanism of the immune system and part of the body’s natural healing system,” says Dr Patel. “However, when inflammation inside the body becomes chronic, it can destroy healthy tissue, leading to many problems and diseases associated with aging. Simply put, manage inflammation in your body by fighting your stress levels oxidative. Manage inflammation and you fight aging.”

    healthy holiday woman making a salad

    Dr Patel suggests: “Try a plant-based diet high in fruits, vegetables and unrefined grains and low in fat and refined carbohydrates. Avoid the Dirty Dozen – a list of twelve fruits and vegetables that the working group on the environment has found to contain the highest levels of pesticide residues.Buy the Clean Fifteen – a list of fruits and vegetables you can feel safe and eat well, as advised by the Task Force on environment. Exercise moderately by walking thirty minutes a day, six days a week. . Try practicing gentle yoga and meditation to reduce stress levels, as well as breathing exercises.”

    RELATED: If you do this every morning, get checked for diabetes

    mobile phones lying on top of each other on the table and the company of young students having fun in a cafe while chatting

    Dr. Patel reminds us of the importance of taking a break from our iPads and tech gadgets. “Take steps to reduce your stress levels by spending less time on smartphones, computers, laptops, and any other device with a personal screen. These devices create electromagnetic fields that cause oxidative stress.”

    RELATED: Doctors warn of these COVID symptoms

    mediterranean diet

    Kent Probstpersonal trainer and physiotherapist explains: “The Longevity Diet is a way of eating based on the traditional foods and eating styles of the peoples and countries that border the Mediterranean Sea. The diet consists of a variety of plant foods, including seasonal fresh fruits and vegetables, nuts, seeds, beans and other legumes, fresh herbs and whole grains. Wild fish and other seafood are the main animal products consumed on this diet, while other animal products such as high-quality cheeses, free-range poultry and cage-free organic eggs are consumed in smaller quantities and less often. Red meat is eaten very rarely and in small quantities. Olive oil is a primary source of fat, and things like red wine and desserts like dark chocolate are consumed in moderation.”

    RELATED: I’m a doctor and this is the #1 sign that you have high blood sugar

    Young woman practicing tai chi chuan in the gym.  Chinese management skills Qi energy.

    Probst states, “Tai chi is touted by the Chinese as an exercise that enhances the essence of life, or Qi, while incorporating targeted breath and mind control. What you may not know is that tai chi has many other benefits that can significantly improve your health. and increase longevity. Tai Chi promotes longevity in the following ways: improved cardiopulmonary, improved bone mass, reduced falls, reduced arthritis, improved immune function, and decreased inflammation. »

    It’s Your Business includes Bartlett & West, KDOT, Brewster Health



    Emily Hernandez joined the team of his living room, also known as Indian Hills Styling Salon, 5642 SW 29th St. in the Barrington Village Mall, as a full-time nail stylist and technician. She is a graduate of the Washburn Tech Academy of Cosmetology, where she ranked in the Skills USA competition thanks to her makeup skills. She specializes in balayage, foil placement, high and low lighting, pedicures and shellac manicures, including detailed and elaborate nail art. She also has a background in arts education from Wichita State University.


    Keith Wartageneral manager of Bartlett & West, announced his intention to retire. He will step down as CEO in June 2022 but will remain Chairman of the Board of Bartlett & West. Warta began his career with Bartlett & West in 1984 at the company’s Topeka office as a project engineer. Over the decades, he helped grow the company from approximately 35 employees to an employee-owned company of more than 350 with offices spread throughout the Midwest. As a person who values ​​service to others, Warta is chair-elect of the Topeka Community Foundation board of directors, co-chair of Momentum 2022 Community Strategy, 2009 graduate of Leadership Kansas, past chair of the Board of chairman for the Greater Topeka Partnership and is a strong supporter of Kansas State University.


    Joe Caldwell will succeed Keith Warta as CEO of Bartlett & West’s CEO. Caldwell’s 29-year career with the company began as a project engineer and most recently held the positions of market leader and marketing director. “This transition for Bartlett & West is much easier thanks to Keith’s many years of visionary leadership,” Caldwell said.

    the Kansas Society of Accountants announcement Danielle Hologram will be its ninth Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Hologram started her career with KSCPA in 2011 as Membership and Marketing Coordinator. She was promoted to Director of Memberships and then Senior Director of Memberships and Career Development. In addition to her experience with KSCPA, Danielle earned a bachelor’s degree in journalism from the University of Kansas in 2011 and the Certified Association Executive designation in 2019. She is also a board member of the Kansas Society of Association Executives. “I am honored to serve the Company in this new position of President and CEO,” said Hologram. “I look forward to continuing our mission to support the essential work done every day by Kansas CPAs and to work with the Board and members to chart the course for the future of the profession. I’m excited to see what we can accomplish together.


    chuck espinozaspecialist engineering technician in the Office of Research, celebrates 50 years of service to the Kansas Department of Transportation. He graduated from Topeka High School and soon after started as a laborer in the KDOT District One office. He was then a storekeeper for five years, then promoted to engineering technician in the office of Gage Construction. Two years later, he joined the Research and Materials Center and obtained several promotions. Espinoza has held his current position as an Engineering Technician since 2001, heading the Research Unit/Asphalt Section. “I like variety, it’s something new every day,” he said. “I always try to do a good job and make a good product for the state.” He plans to retire next year and spend more time with his wife, Tammie, five children and six grandchildren.


    Brewster Health Center was recognized by US News & World Report as the Best Nursing Home for 2021-2022, receiving its “High Performance” rating in short-term rehabilitation and long-term care. The Brewster Health Center is among the elite 13% of skilled nursing facilities receiving this coveted designation. Meeting or exceeding assessment criteria for long-term and acute care, Brewster Health Center has been recognized for its rich history of resident safety and quality post-acute care. Brewster CEO Joe Ewert said: “Receiving this recognition during a pandemic when coronavirus has unfortunately been a significant risk factor for older adults is of unprecedented significance.”

    Intermediate States Materialsa division of Betti Cos. based in Topeka, received the prestigious Governor’s Award for Mined Land Reclamation for his work in transforming a 100-acre piece of the Plummer Creek Quarry into a productive agricultural asset. This is the fourth time Mid-States has won this award. “Our goal is to return the land that provided the resources for our infrastructure to a better condition than when we arrived,” said Nick Jackson, environmental specialist at Mid-States.

    Hirings, promotions, retirements and other announcements in the Topeka area can be emailed to [email protected]

    Duration of children’s immunity to COVID-19 against natural infections


    Although initially thought to be free from the worst of the COVID-19 pandemic, we now know that children contract COVID-19 at similar rates to adults. In December 2021 and January 2022, COVID-19 infections in children increased when the highly transmissible variant of Omicron became the predominant strain. Childhood infections, hospitalizations and deaths have increased at an unprecedented rate in the coronavirus pandemic.

    A study, published this week in Pediatrics, sought to determine the incidence and longitudinal presence of the natural antibody response to COVID-19 infection. Due to the prioritization of screening of adults and immunocompromised individuals earlier in the pandemic, the antibody response in the pediatric population is largely unknown.

    The Ongoing Texas Coronavirus Antibody Response Survey (Texas CARES) is a prospective, population-based seroprevalence undertaking to assess COVID-19 antibody status over time. This study included Texas CARES participants ages 5-19, who completed 3 antibody assessments over a 6-8 month period. Demographic information and symptom status related to COVID-19 infection were determined via a questionnaire.

    The study included 218 Texas CARES participants, whose average age was 12.8 years. Of the 34.4% of the sample who had core antibodies at baseline, 96% of them maintained these antibodies 6 months or more later.

    Notably, there was no difference in the presence of antibodies by symptom status (ie, symptomatic versus asymptomatic infection) or disease severity (mild to moderate versus severe). Antibodies also did not differ by gender, age, or body mass index during the 3 antibody measurement periods.

    The investigators performed a sensitivity analysis to test the differences between participants who completed all 3 antibody assessments and participants who did not. The only significant demographic variable was ethnicity; Hispanic participants were more likely to have completed all 3 assessments than non-Hispanic white participants.

    The results showed that the majority of children and adolescents retained pre-existing COVID-19 antibodies for at least 6 months after natural infection. Investigators noted that 57.9% of children in the cohort were negative for infection-induced antibodies at the third assessment, suggesting that a large number of children and adolescents still lack immunity. natural to COVID-19. Therefore, they wrote, “Vaccines have an important role to play in providing protection against COVID-19 for children aged 5 and older, and for those

    In a statement, corresponding author Sarah Messiah, PhD, MPH, explained the findings. “Adult literature shows us that natural infection, plus vaccine-induced protection, gives you the best defense against COVID-19. There has been a misunderstanding from some parents who think that just because their child has had COVID-19 they are now protected and do not need to be vaccinated. Although our study is encouraging in that a certain amount of natural antibodies last at least six months in children, we still do not know the absolute threshold of protection. We have a great tool available to give children extra protection by getting vaccinated, so if your child is eligible, take advantage of it.

    IIT Madras launches Sudha Gopalakrishnan Brain Center to map human brains at cellular level


    India has taken a big step forward in brain mapping with the inauguration of the Sudha Gopalakrishnan Brain Center at IIT Madras on Saturday. The center will focus on high-resolution imaging of the whole human brain at the ‘cellular and connectivity level’.

    K VijayRaghavan, chief scientific adviser to the Indian government, who inaugurated the center, said that globally there are many projects studying the brain with different approaches; millions of dollars are spent studying the brain in different ways. But this center of IIT Madras is the only one of its kind; people around the world will try to replicate this project and use the center’s data, he said. The PSA office supported the center with seed funding, he told reporters.

    Data analysis and medicine

    This project aims to understand the anatomy of the brain, allowing researchers to find new applications and come up with better drugs and interventions, he said. For example, there may be very thin one-micron sections of the brain. How can these items be reviewed? Examining brain structure, collecting data of up to petabytes, analyzing different brains, and studying brain development are some of the activities the center will perform.

    “The combination of IIT Madras, which has expertise in science and data analysis, with medicine is going to be revolutionary. In the future, we have an extraordinary problem in neuroscience – the functioning of the human brain. We are at an early stage in our understanding and the IIT Madras Brain Center will help solve complex problems that will benefit the world,” said VijayRaghavan.


    IIT Madras plans to train hundreds of undergraduate and postgraduate students in neuroscience, computer science, and machine learning techniques on state-of-the-art brain data.

    The center will fuel a large-scale, multidisciplinary effort to map human brains at the cellular level. He is supported by Infosys co-founder and distinguished alumnus of IIT Madras Kris Gopalakrishnan and his wife Sudha Gopalakrishnan. Since 2014, Gopalakrishnan has been involved in seed research at the institute at the intersection of neuroscience and engineering.

    Kris Gopalakrishnan, Sudha Gopalakrishnan and K VijayRaghavan at the inauguration of the Sudha Gopalakrishnan Brain Center

    Kris Gopalakrishnan, Sudha Gopalakrishnan and K VijayRaghavan at the inauguration of the Sudha Gopalakrishnan Brain Center

    The center aims to become a world-renowned research hub, generating “unprecedented” amounts of human brain data, scientific output and technological tools. She has developed a high-throughput “histological” pipeline that transforms whole brains into high-resolution digital atlases. Using this technology platform, the center makes post-mortem images of whole human brains of different types and ages, a statement said.

    The center will work with India’s leading medical institutions and world leaders in brain mapping to become a world-renowned neuroanatomy research enterprise that generates sought-after human brain data and technology tools, the statement said.

    “knowledge economy”

    Gopalakrishnan said after leaving Infosys in 2014, he decided to do two things: support entrepreneurs and scientists. Entrepreneurs create the next generation of businesses, industries and businesses; improving economic activity; and create wealth and jobs. They will create a new India. Scientists and engineers are a key part of creating a $5 trillion economy and then a $10 trillion economy because that’s where knowledge is created, new intellectual property is created , and that’s where it fuels the knowledge economy.

    “I firmly believe that we can compete with the best in the world. We need to support research and entrepreneurship,” he said.

    V Kamakoti, Director of IIT Madras, said the brain research center is a great case study that proves that technology can help medicine and solve societal problems. The center will make considerable progress in collecting data for brain research.

    Published on

    March 19, 2022

    Ray Perryman: We need to advance technology to burn cleaner fuels | Columnists


    Oil prices are reaching an altitude not seen since peaking in the summer of 2008, pushing gasoline prices into uncharted territory and raising other costs in their wake. The situation in Ukraine and the financial markets’ efforts to forecast it are behind the immediate price spike, but even before Russia’s invasion, prices tended to rise as the global economy rebounded from the COVID-19 and that demand was growing faster than supply.

    Russia is the third largest oil producer (after the United States and Saudi Arabia), and military action increases the risk of supply disruptions. Moreover, since oil and natural gas are the mainstays of the Russian economy, some countries (including the United States) simply say “no”. This action is effective in diminishing the financial resources supporting Russian aggression, but it also takes a significant portion of the world’s fuel supply off the market (at least for some countries for a period of time).

    The geopolitical risk of depending on Russian energy has become evident and measures must be taken to permanently mitigate the situation. The only practical path to true energy security for the foreseeable future is to support the development of oil and gas resources even as we tackle very real climate issues and promote the development of renewable energy. Facilitating increased supply is also the optimal mechanism for controlling prices over an extended period.

    People also read…

    • Mike Copeland: Terry Black’s BBQ in Waco; Main event opening date; Sporting possibilities
    • Two dead in crash on Twin Bridges over Lake Waco
    • Interstate 35 passes through Waco and heads into the home straight
    • Will investors have to endure a real stock market crash in 2022?
    • Mark and Lily Osler: Governor’s Order on Cruel and Myopic Young Transgenders
    • Car pulled from Lake Waco reported stolen in 1987
    • Waco PD: Twin Bridges deaths result from second crash
    • Doris Miller Memorial Park under new ownership
    • Waco finalizes waterfront development agreements with Baylor, Catalyst
    • Symptoms persist for months and change the lives of Waco patients with long-term COVID-19
    • Waco man charged with capital murder after shooting his wife and mother
    • A 13-year-old was driving the pickup truck that hit a pickup truck in Texas, killing nine people, NTSB says
    • Actress, TV host Drew Barrymore in Waco
    • Restaurants, retail space planned for former Diversified Product building in downtown Waco
    • Update: 9 dead, including 6 students, in crash in Texas

    Supply responses have lagged for a myriad of reasons, from OPEC policy to the financial recovery of companies devastated by the pandemic-induced price crash. There have also been difficulties in raising the necessary capital for small and medium-sized energy companies (driven to a large extent by climate-focused political demands and pronouncements). Various federal policies have hindered development, discouraged capital formation, and increased the perceived risks of future exploration and production.

    Simply put, it’s time for a reality check. Renewable energies are essential to achieve climate goals and must be developed rapidly. However, they cannot be implemented quickly enough or with sufficient consistency to meet global demands. In fact, baseline forecasts from the Department of Energy reveal the need for a 34% increase in oil resources by 2050, even as renewables have nearly quadrupled. It is indisputable that cleaner-burning conventional fuels will be essential, and the Permian Basin of Texas and New Mexico has by far the lowest carbon footprint among major land fields in the world. Until there is greater acceptance of this inescapable fact, we will see production grow more slowly than necessary, with the inevitable result of higher prices, greater uncertainty and increased geopolitical risk.

    Rather than stifling domestic industry, we should be advancing technologies to burn conventional fuels cleaner. As the current disruption has brought him home, it is imperative that this change happens now.

    Economist Ray Perryman is president and CEO of the Perryman Group, a Waco-based economic research and analytics firm.

    When it comes to heart disease, how much cholesterol is *too*?


    Thinking of starting to take medication to lower your cholesterol? Read this first.

    Person love to get a blood test (or at least very few of us do), but having your cholesterol checked is an integral part of an annual physical exam, and for good reason: it’s one of the most important markers when this is to assess your overall health. Yet, understanding the role cholesterol plays in the body and how different types of cholesterol affect how your body functions can be confusing.

    Katie spoke with beloved Dr. O aka J. Nwando Olayiwola, MD, MPH, FAAFP, the Director of Health Equity for Humana Inc. Here she explains how cholesterol plays in diseases heart rate, how much exercise do you really need to help you prevent heart disease and the health crisis that particularly affects black women.

    Tell us about the role of cholesterol in heart disease. How often should you have it checked? And what should your numbers be, ideally?

    Cholesterol is interesting because it is not an inherently bad substance. If you look scientifically at cholesterol, you will see different types of it: HDL — high density lipoprotein — the “good” cholesterol, the “bad” LDL cholesterol, and the fatty triglycerides. Cholesterol is important for our body: we need it for cell development, we need it for vitamins and we need it for other hormones. But too much cholesterol begins to clog the arteries that carry blood throughout the body and the arteries that supply blood directly to the heart.

    Cholesterol numbers are complicated, but if you take a blood test and look at your lab report, it will show you normal ranges, and staying within those ranges is a very important strategy for protecting your heart health.

    Some people take medicine to lower their cholesterol, but there are other things you can do too, like diet and exercise, right?

    The advantage of cholesterol is that there is often a parcel you can do. Some genetic problems make it difficult to control cholesterol and may require medication, but for most people with high cholesterol, there are many things you can do. The first is to establish healthy eating, like getting more of those fresh foods we talked about and limiting fast food. Regular exercise, cutting down on smoking, and all the habits that can get you out of a sedentary lifestyle are really good for your cholesterol levels. These are things I would recommend first, before start taking medication.

    How much exercise do we need to make sure we keep our heart healthy?

    Exercise is very, very important and getting at least two and a half hours of moderate exercise a week is a good start. People are sometimes surprised at some of the things that count as exercise; if you’re in the Midwest, shoveling snow is actually pretty good for your heart. Otherwise, there’s walking, cycling, swimming, or even moderate-intensity gardening. And there are different ways to fit exercise into your life, like taking the stairs instead of the elevator, if you’re physically able, or parking a little further from the entrance to the bank or a post office.

    Let’s talk about women of color. Are there any particular risks they face when it comes to heart disease?

    Women of color in particular have higher rates of heart disease and tend to have more sudden onset of heart disease at a younger age. Preeclampsia, for example, is one such condition that occurs during pregnancy and can lead to persistent cardiovascular symptoms later in life. Black women are the most likely group of women to have preeclampsia – significantly higher than any other group. Preeclampsia is that constellation of symptoms that occurs during pregnancy, including high blood pressure, blurred vision, low platelet count, liver problems, and sometimes even seizures. If this happens before you finish with a baby, he may be in labor prematurely. And while the condition may go away when you give birth, it still puts women at high risk for cardiovascular disease later in life.

    Additionally, higher levels of toxic stress have been associated with people from ethnic minorities, but also in lower socio-economic neighborhoods and zip codes, areas with high crime, or low education or low economic mobility. These factors lead to increased cortisol levels throughout life, and higher cortisol levels are associated with higher blood pressure, putting you at increased risk for heart disease. But black women are the least likely to know they are at risk for heart disease. This is why education and awareness are so important

    PHYTunes Wins National Science Foundation Grant to Fund Research and Commercialization of 5G Connectivity Inside Buildings, Bridging the Digital Divide and Lowering Costs


    PALO ALTO, Calif., March 17, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — PHYTunes, a leader in edge connectivity enabling wireless and wired convergence, today announced that it has been awarded a Small Business Innovation (SBIR) Research Grant from the National Science Foundation (NSF) to accelerate research and development of technologies aimed at improving connectivity for all by enabling expanded 5G coverage at a significantly lower cost and substantial energy savings in a reduced time frame.

    The technology will be used to solve the indoor 5G problem and accelerate the deployment of 5G and the ubiquitous availability of 5G in urban and rural areas. This will have major positive ramifications in terms of bridging the digital divide between different geographies and between different socio-economic groups, by providing new opportunities for telework, tele-education, tele-health and tele-medicine to traditionally underserved and unserved communities. represented.

    Phase I research will address critical technical issues related to the overall feasibility and performance of Cellular Subscriber Line (CSL) technology with the development of a detailed simulation platform and prototype network-side units. and on the client side using the existing radio frequency integrated circuit (RFIC). ) and field-programmable gate array (FPGA) components. The project will transport mid-band and high-band cellular signals over existing twisted-pair copper wires, as well as coaxial, fiber and Ethernet wires, to enable the delivery of 5G-based services across barriers. that signals are delivered over the air a tower cannot penetrate.

    “The SBIR Phase I project has the potential to accelerate development towards a low-cost, low-power solution that solves the problem of extending 5G coverage inside homes and buildings,” said dr. Akula Aneesh Reddy, chief scientist of PHYTunes. “We are proud to work with the National Science Foundation to further develop our work around wired wireless convergence and we look forward to working with our service provider partners to further validate our work in a real-world network environment.

    About PHYTunes
    PHYTunes is a leader in 5G at the edge, enabling Wireless Wireline Convergence (WWC) and the transport of high-frequency wireless signals over existing wired infrastructure to seamlessly deliver full 5G to the home, small business or businesses. PHYTunes enables service providers and businesses to deliver extraordinary customer experiences that drive brand loyalty and trust. Ultimately, PHYTunes provides essential connectivity enabling service innovation in gaming, healthcare, hospitality, industrial IoT and retail. For more information, visit www.phytunes.com or follow us on Twitter @PHYTunes.

    About the National Science Foundation’s Small Business Programs
    America’s Seed Fund, powered by NSF, awards $200 million annually to startups and small businesses, transforming scientific discovery into products and services with commercial and societal impact. Startups working in almost any field of science and technology can receive up to $2 million to support research and development (R&D), helping to reduce technology risks to commercial success. America’s Seed Fund is mandated by Congress under the Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) program. The NSF is an independent federal agency with a budget of approximately $8.5 billion which supports basic research and education in all fields of science and engineering.


    Automated Microtomes/Cryostats and Stainers Market Size and Forecast


    New Jersey, United States,- The latest report published by Verified Market Research Reports shows that the Microtomes/Cryostats and Automated Stains Market is expected to grow strongly in the coming years. Analysts have studied market drivers, restraints, risks, and opportunities in the global market. The Microtomes/Cryostats & Automated Stainers market report shows the probable direction of the market in the coming years along with its estimations. An accurate study aims to understand the market price. By analyzing the competitive landscape, the authors of the report have gone to great lengths to help readers understand the key business tactics that major companies use to maintain market stability.

    The report includes company profiles of nearly all major players operating in the Automated Microtomes/Cryostats & Stainers Market. The Company Profiles section provides valuable analysis on strengths and weaknesses, business trends, recent advances, mergers and acquisitions, expansion plans, global presence, market presence and product portfolios of the main players in the market. This information can be used by players and other market participants to maximize their profitability and streamline their business strategies. Our competitive analysis also provides crucial information which will help new entrants identify barriers to entry and assess the level of competitiveness in the Automated Microtomes/Cryostats & Colorators market.

    Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full Table of Contents, List of Tables and Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=19014

    Key Players Mentioned in the Automated Microtomes/Cryostats and Stainers Market Research Report:

    Bright Instrument, Cryomech, Energy Beam Sciences, EXAKT Technologies, Hacker Instruments, Janis Research Company, Leica Microsystems, Oxford Instruments, Thermo Fisher Scientific, Microm International, Triangle Biomedical Sciences, Ventana Medical Systems

    The global Microtome/Cryostats and Automated Stainers market is segmented by Product and Type. All of these segments were reviewed individually. The detailed study helps to evaluate the factors affecting the Microtomes/Cryostats & Automated Stainers market. Experts analyzed the nature of development, investments in research and development, changing consumption patterns and the growing number of applications. Additionally, analysts have also assessed the developing economy around the Microtome/Cryostats and Automated Stainers market, which is likely to have an impact on its price.

    Automated Microtomes/Cryostats and Stainers Market Segmentation:

    Microtomes/Cryostats and Automated Stainers Market, By Product

    • Microtome
    • Cryostat
    • Automated stainers

    Automated Microtomes/Cryostats and Stainers Market, By Application

    • OEM
    • Secondary market

    The regional analysis section of the report allows players to focus on high growth regions and countries which could help them expand their presence in the Automated Microtomes/Cryostats and Stainers market. Besides expanding their presence in the Microtome/Cryostats and Automated Stainers market, the regional analysis helps players to increase their sales while gaining a better understanding of customer behavior in specific regions and countries. The report provides CAGR, revenue, production, consumption and other important statistics and figures in global and regional markets. It shows how different types, applications, and regional segments of the Automated Microtomes/Cryostats and Stainers Market are progressing in terms of growth.

    Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=19014

    Scope of the Microtomes/Cryostats and Automated Stainers Market Report

    UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
    SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
    REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
    BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
    CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

    It becomes easy to determine the pulse of the market with this detailed analysis of the Microtome/Cryostats and Automated Stainers market. Key players can find all competitive data and market size of major regions like North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia-Pacific and Middle East. As part of the competitive analysis, certain strategies are profiled which are pursued by key players such as mergers, collaborations, acquisitions and new product launches. These strategies will greatly help industry players to strengthen their position in the market and grow their business.

    Answers to key questions in the report:

    1. Who are the top five players in the Microtome/Cryostats and Automated Stainers market?

    2. How will the Microtomes/Cryostats & Automated Stainers market develop in the next Five years?

    3. Which products and applications will occupy the lion’s share of the microtome/cryostat and automated stainers market?

    4. What are the drivers and restraints of Automated Microtomes/Cryostats and Stainers Market?

    5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

    6. What will be the CAGR and size of the Automated Microtomes/Cryostats and Stainers market throughout the forecast period?

    For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/microtomes-cryostats-automated-stainers-market/

    Visualize Automated Microtomes/Cryostats and Stainers Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

    Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

    VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

    Visualize the Microtome/Cryostat and Automated Stains Market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

    About Us: Verified Market Research®

    Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. data and technical advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

    Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and the gas. etc

    At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

    Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

    Contact us:

    Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

    Verified Market Research®

    USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
    UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
    APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
    US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

    E-mail: [email protected]

    Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

    Why Jessica Jones Is Immune To Kilgrave’s Powers


    Kilgrave tormented Jessica Jones in the first season of her Marvel Netflix show, but how did she become immune to her mind control powers?

    The titular character of jessica Jones, performed by Krysten Ritter, is immune to the powers of her nemesis Kilgrave (David Tennant), and here’s why. “The Defenders Saga” has arrived on Disney+, introducing a whole new range of potential viewers to the adventures of its street-level superheroes. These include some of Marvel Television’s most compelling heroes, such as Ritter’s Jessica Jones, a super-powered detective who struggles with PTSD due to her encounter with a dangerous villain named Kilgrave.

    Pulled straight from the comics, David Tennant’s Kilgrave is a twisted madman who believes the whole world is supposed to revolve around him. He possesses the ability to manipulate the minds of others with just a word; when he speaks, men and women fall under his sway and will do almost anything he wishes. There is only one exception to Kilgrave’s power, a woman who has managed to overcome his control; Jessica Jones. Naturally, Kilgrave has become completely obsessed with Jessica and yearns to coerce her into serving him of her own free will.


    Related: Daredevil & The Defenders Complete Timeline: Which Order To Watch

    Jessica Jones’ resistance to Kilgrave’s control is never fully explained in Jessica Jones. Flashbacks ultimately confirm that Kilgrave forced Jessica to commit murder in his name, an act so outside of his own sense of morality that it seems to have worked”flipped a switchin her mind, leaving her in such shock that she was able to simply walk away from him. control it.

    David Tennant as Kilgrave in Jessica Jones

    It’s possible there’s some sort of biological component to Jessica’s resistance as well. Jessica Jones season 1 eventually reveals that Kilgrave’s body is releasing a virus into the air around him. When someone around Kilgrave breathes in this virus, they become a slave to their will if they speak to them and let them know. Jessica is exposed to the Kilgrave virus for eight months, one of the longest known cases, which means her body may well have started developing antibodies naturally. It may well have been boosted by Jessica’s superhuman metabolism.

    Jessica’s immunity is basically the driving force behind Jessica Jones season 1, as she and Kilgrave engage in a senseless game of cat and mouse, with Kilgrave eager to control the life of the only woman who has ever left him. Ironically, Jessica herself probably wasn’t a threat to him; struggling with PTSD after her experiences, she would have preferred to stay away from her former tormentor. So Kilgrave’s obsession sealed his fate in Jessica Jones season 1.

    More: Everything We Know About Daredevil Season 4

    Moon Knight Introduces The MCU Theory SR Werewolves

    Moon Knight Introduces Werewolves To The MCU – Theory Explained

    About the Author

    VARTA: hearing aid batteries at the congress of audioprosthetists in Paris


    The German technology company will introduce hearing aid batteries for the first time under the VARTA brand on 18and and 19and March in Paris where the whole range of products will also be exhibited, including individual energy solutions for industry.

    Batteries for hearing aids ©VARTA AG

    For hearing aid wearers, the battery is crucial for a reliable and optimal hearing experience. The VARTA brand presents its own batteries for hearing aids for the first time. With the aluminum seal, the cells have up to 15% longer operating time than the standard cell. According to consumer tests, this corresponds to up to 48 hours. The batteries are delivered in the usual comfort packaging.

    VARTA stands for enabling every person to live an independent and fulfilled life in an inclusive society. VARTA is the world leader in hearing aid batteries and the technology leader in lithium-ion technology. Our research and development department works every day to develop the most advanced batteries to enable the small and light healthcare products of the future. The aim is to make hearing aids comfortable, powerful and therefore easy to integrate into everyday life. VARTA now covers more than half of the global demand for zinc-air batteries.

    The range of power one, a 100% subsidiary brand of VARTA AG, includes the recently launched power one EVOLUTION. VARTA is already working on the successor product: power one EXTREME. By further increasing cell capacity, hearing aid users can be assured of even longer battery life and therefore even longer hearing.

    With VARTA INDIVIDUALS, the technology group from Ellwangen offers specific and individual energy solutions for hearing aids produced in small industrial series. Assembly and battery housing are precisely matched to customer specifications. These hearing aid solutions are mainly used in the field of implants.

    For VARTA, sustainable, social, ecological and economic actions are inextricably linked to its corporate culture, which dates back more than 130 years. As a technology leader and supplier of quality innovative products, the company is aware of its responsibility towards people and the environment. With its commitment to Germany as a production location and its factories in Ellwangen, Dischingen and Nördlingen, the focus is on environmentally friendly and resource-saving production, product quality and safety.

    The VARTA AG stand is located at the PALAIS DES CONGRÈS DE PARIS, Stand G2.

    Texas A&M opens Olympus Discovery Center


    Malea Murphy, head of the Integrated Microscopy and Imaging Laboratory, uses a multiphoton microscope at the Olympus Discovery Center at the Texas A&M Health Science Center

    Laura McKenzie/Texas A&M University Division of Marketing and Communications

    Texas A&M University now houses an Olympus Discovery Center, sponsored by the Japan-based optics maker, opening up new capabilities in medical imaging for researchers at the university.

    olympus technology

    The systems support a wide range of applications in basic science and human disease research.

    Laura McKenzie/Marketing and Communications Division

    The center, which officially opened on March 8, offers researchers from Texas A&M Health Science Center College of Medicine and across the university access to Olympus’ FLUOVIEW. FV3000RS Inverted Confocal Microscope for High Speed ​​Live Cell Imaging, FVMPE-RS gantry multiphoton microscope for high-resolution deep tissue imaging and VS120 virtual slide scanner for automatic and optimized digitization of whole slides.

    These microscopy systems support a wide range of applications in basic science and human disease research, including neurodevelopmental disorders, behavior, and adaptation to injury and disease; the role of innate and adaptive immunity in cancer, molecular and cellular mechanisms of cancer initiation and pathogenesis; pathophysiology of the cardiac, vascular and lymphatic systems in aging and disease; and inflammatory responses and pathological conditions related to inflammation and immune dysfunction.

    “The capabilities these systems bring will enable our researchers to make great strides in our ongoing efforts to study human disease, develop effective healthcare solutions, and improve patient care,” said Hubert Amrein, Senior Associate Dean research at the College of Medicine.

    Through the center, the Olympus-Life Science division will also provide Texas A&M researchers with free training and the opportunity to test and evaluate the company’s new microscopy technology.

    The center is housed in the college’s Integrated Microscopy and Imaging Laboratory, which provides microscope systems and technical expertise to university researchers. The facility has six microscopy rooms, support facilities and an image processing station.

    “These tools provide Texas A&M scientists with new opportunities for cutting-edge research and discovery,” said Andreea Trache, associate professor of medical physiology at Texas A&M and director of the center. “We are grateful to Olympus for this support.”

    Texas A&M is the fifth university in North America to house an Olympus Discovery Center; the University of Texas at Dallas, the University of Maryland, the University of Montreal and McGill University also house centers.

    Promote fat loss in response to fasting


    Newswise – Osaka, Japan – The arrival of spring heralds spring cleaning; a time to declutter your home and throw away things you no longer need. In the body, a cellular process called autophagy occurs regularly to “declutter” our cells. Recently, researchers in Japan shed new light on the relationship between this process and the body’s metabolic response to fasting.

    In a new study published in Autophagy, researchers led by Osaka University studied the role of autophagy. Autophagy is the process by which unwanted cellular components are removed by degradation, during fasting conditions.

    Previous studies have shown that fasting causes fatty tissue, also known as adipose tissue, to break down, leading to fatty liver disease (a buildup of fat in the liver) and ketogenesis (the production of ketones, which are by-products fat breakdown). ). A gene called Rubicon Autophagy Regulator (RUBCN) acts as a negative autophagy regulator, meaning it works to suppress autophagy. The Osaka University-led research team previously demonstrated that the loss of RUBCN from adipose tissue during aging leads to systemic fat loss. Since RUBCN levels are also reduced during fasting, the researchers hypothesized that this reduction may promote fat loss through upregulation of autophagy.

    “We wanted to deepen our understanding of how autophagy is involved in the body’s metabolic response to fasting,” says lead author Tadashi Yamamuro. “To do this, we assessed the effects of modulating autophagy in fat cells from fed and fasted mice.”

    The researchers used several mouse models to perform their investigation, including a specific fat model lacking RUBCN and a specific fat model lacking ATG5, a gene essential for autophagy. Fat loss, triglyceride levels, and liver weight were assessed in these mice and compared to control mice under fed and fasted conditions.

    “In control mice, fat loss, hepatic steatosis, and serum ketones were observed under fasting conditions,” says lead author Tamotsu Yoshimori. “Fed RUBCN knockout mice showed similar responses to fasted control mice, while fasted ATG5 mice showed reductions in fat loss, fatty liver, and serum ketones.”

    The researchers also found that fasted control mice showed a substantial decrease in the expression of adipogenic or fat-promoting genes. In ATG5 knockout mice, this reduction was not observed, indicating that autophagy plays a role in reducing adipogenic gene expression.

    Taken together with the results of the research team’s previous study, it appears that upregulation of autophagy in adipose tissue is a hallmark of fasting and aging. In addition to revealing a previously unknown mechanism of the fasting response, these findings may have important implications for our understanding of metabolism during aging.


    The article, “Loss of RUBCN/rubicon in adipocytes mediates upregulation of autophagy to promote response to fasting,” was published in Autophagy at DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/15548627.2022.2047341

    About Osaka University

    Osaka University was founded in 1931 as one of Japan’s Seven Imperial Universities and today is one of Japan’s leading comprehensive universities with a wide range of disciplines. This strength is coupled with a singular desire for innovation that extends throughout the scientific process, from basic research to the creation of applied technologies with positive economic spinoffs. Its commitment to innovation has been recognized in Japan and around the world, being named Japan’s most innovative university in 2015 (Reuters 2015 Top 100) and one of the world’s most innovative institutions in 2017 (Innovative Universities and the Nature Index Innovation 2017). Today, Osaka University leverages its role as a designated national university society selected by the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology to contribute innovation for human well-being, sustainable development of society and social transformation.

    Website: https://resou.osaka-u.ac.jp/en

    Australia’s ‘invisible’ health tech companies call for procurement reform and sustained government investment in industry’s first survey


    After two years of a pandemic in which technology has underpinned Australia’s response to COVID-19, digital health companies have claimed the federal government is stifling innovation and called for reform of procurement processes, according to a new report by the umbrella organization representing the industry.


    “Beyond The Pandemic – Future Proofing Australia’s Health Technology Industry” by the Medical Software Industry Association surveyed its members – which include 150 companies, from start-ups to large publicly listed entities – and found that two-thirds of respondents (68 percent) provided information related to the pandemic services.

    However, companies overwhelmingly reported that the federal government stifles innovation (59%), while nearly 61% said international companies are favored over Australian companies in federal government contracts. More than half (53%) also consider government ICT procurement processes to be unfair and 74% believe they are not supported by government.


    According to the report, which was released ahead of the federal budget and the upcoming election, health technologies have “replaced the stethoscope” as the most important tool in general practice.

    Since March 2020, according to “Beyond The Pandemic”, more than 96 million telehealth services have been provided to more than 16.7 million patients. As of February 9, over 38 million e-prescriptions have been issued and over 62 million COVID-19 tests have been processed as of February 14.

    The survey also found that 35% of respondents received government funding for pandemic-related work, but, of these, only 6% said it covered expenses. One claimed to have invested over $5 million in providing covid services.


    “Over the past two years we have seen great improvements in the level of collaboration between industry and the Department of Health and the Australian Digital Health Agency and even Services Australia,” said MSIA CEO, Emma Hossack. Health Informatics News.

    “However, from now on it is clear that unless industry is involved with government in designing a sustainable business case, all of this effort and the huge steps forward will have been of little use. lasting benefits for Australia.

    “Things have worked so well in terms of implementing the technologies that have fueled the pandemic response that they should ideally bring them to the table. While there is a level of trust and partnership, we now have the opportunity to work out how we can work together to achieve a seamless transition to the healthcare system that Australia needs. But if the work isn’t done now, we’re unlikely to have that business case again. galvanized.


    “Beyond the Pandemic” says MSIA members hold 95% of Australians’ health information in their systems, but these companies remain largely unrecognized.

    “Health information and how it is collected, provided and stored is probably the most essential service used by Australians. Yet for the most part it is invisible,” he says.

    Industry is asking for Medicare benefit schedules or other transaction payments for services to support the industry, which will in turn lead to cost benefits and better care outcomes, such as a reduction in medication errors.

    The MSIA says adequate funding must also be provided to enable the thousands of health systems to be safely interconnected.

    He calls for a “fair walk” in selling products to governments and vendors, saying there are “nine sets of requirements companies must manage to sell their software, which is costly for all parties, in particular to taxpayers”.

    The report recommends the introduction of “a system in which guarantees are provided to match the balance sheets of big internationals who overprice contracts because they can bear the cost of future failures if things go wrong. big names don’t always match In 2018-19, Australian government spending on ICT goods and services exceeded $3.9 billion, so there is a lot at stake.”

    Ambulance Co. cannot use Michigan collision immunity law

    By Jonathan Capriel (March 14, 2022, 7:15 p.m. EDT) – A Michigan paramedic cannot dodge a lawsuit accusing one of his drivers of negligently crashing into a car, after an appeals court of state said the Medical Provider Immunity law — which an appeals judge has found to be among the most inconsistent in Michigan’s code — does not protect emergency responders from allegations of misconduct.

    Emergent Health Partners Inc. argued that it and its employee, paramedic and ambulance driver Matthew L. Voggenreiter, are entitled to immunity from civil suits under the Emergency Medical Services Act of the state. But a three-judge panel ruled Thursday that the law only protects a medical emergency…

    Stay one step ahead

    In the legal profession, information is the key to success. You need to know what’s going on with customers, competitors, practice areas and industries. Law360 provides the intelligence you need to stay an expert and beat the competition.

    • Access to case data in articles (numbers, filings, courts, nature of lawsuits, etc.)
    • Access to attached documents such as briefs, motions, complaints, decisions, motions, etc.
    • Create custom alerts for specific article and case topics and more!


    Research team reaches milestone in proton irradiation


    Fast proton irradiation is a more effective and less invasive cancer treatment than X-rays. However, modern proton therapy requires large particle accelerators, for which experts are investigating alternative accelerator concepts, such as laser systems for accelerate protons. Such systems are being deployed in preclinical studies to pave the way for optimal radiotherapy. A research team led by the Helmholtz-Zentrum Dresden-Rossendorf (HZDR) has now successfully tested irradiation with laser protons on animals for the first time, as the group reports in the journal Natural Physics.

    Radiation therapy is one of the main methods of treating cancer. It typically harnesses strong, focused X-ray light. Protons – the nuclei of hydrogen atoms – accelerated to high energies and bundled into small, precisely targetable bunches are an alternative. They can penetrate deep into tissue where they deposit most of their energy into the tumor, destroying the cancer while leaving surrounding tissue largely intact. This makes the method both more effective and less invasive than radiotherapy. “The method is particularly suitable for irradiating tumors at the base of the skull, in the brain and in the central nervous system”, explains Dr. Elke Beyreuther, researcher at HZDR. “It is also used in pediatric cancer patients to reduce possible long-term effects.”

    However, the method is significantly more complex than X-ray therapy as it requires elaborate accelerator facilities to generate the fast protons and transport them to the patient. That is why there are only a few proton therapy centers in Germany, including one at the University Hospital Dresden. Currently, experts are working to regularly improve the method and adapt it to patients. Laser-based proton accelerators could make a decisive contribution here.

    Custom laser flashes

    “The approach is based on a high-powered laser to generate strong, extremely short pulses of light, which are fired at a thin sheet of plastic or metal,” explains HZDR physicist Dr Florian Kroll. The intensity of these flashes knocks bands of electrons out of the sheet, creating a powerful electric field that can bundle protons into pulses and accelerate them to high energies. Surprisingly, the scale of this process is tiny: the acceleration trajectory is only a few micrometers long.

    “We’ve been working on the project for 15 years, but so far the protons haven’t captured enough energy for irradiation,” Beyreuther reports. “Also, the pulse intensity was too variable, so we couldn’t make sure we were delivering the right dose.” But in recent years, scientists have finally achieved crucial improvements, in particular thanks to a better understanding of the interaction between laser flashes and the sheet. “Above all, the precise shape of the laser flashes is particularly important,” says Kroll. “We can now tailor them to create proton pulses that have enough energy and are also stable enough.”

    New research requirements

    Finally, the parameters had been optimized to the point that the HZDR team was able to launch a series of crucial experiments: the very first controlled irradiation of tumors in mice with laser-accelerated protons. The experiments were carried out in cooperation with experts from the University Hospital Dresden at the OncoRay – National Center for Radiation Research in Oncology and compared with comparative experiments in the conventional proton therapy facility. “We found that our laser-driven proton source can generate biologically valuable data,” Kroll reports. “This paves the way for further studies that will allow us to test and optimize our method.”

    Another special feature of laser-accelerated proton pulses is their enormous intensity. While in conventional proton therapy the radiation dose is delivered within minutes, the laser-based process could happen in a millionth of a second. “There are indications that such rapid administration of the dose helps to spare healthy surrounding tissue even better than before,” says Elke Beyreuther. “We want to follow these indications with our experimental setup and conduct preclinical studies to determine when and how this rapid irradiation method should be used to gain advantage in the treatment of cancer.”

    Source of the story:

    Material provided by Helmholtz-Zentrum Dresden-Rossendorf. Note: Content may be edited for style and length.

    Cellular Goods PLC launches outdoor marketing campaign in Manchester and London


    The campaign will run over the next two months to increase awareness of the company’s Look Better and Fell Better product lines.

    Cellular Goods PLC (LSE:CBX), the UK-based wellness company, has launched outdoor marketing campaigns in Manchester and London.

    The campaign will run over the next two months and will feature ads to be displayed on more than 100 digital screens and high-impact print billboards in prominent locations. In addition, more than 20 digital screens will feature the advertisements at the health and fitness destinations of David Lloyd and Harbor Clubs in London.

    The move is part of Cellular Goods’ nationwide marketing campaign which began with the release of a white paper highlighting the benefits of cannabigerol (CBG) and cannabidiol (CBD) used in its products and the start of product sales on Amazon Marketplace from February this year.

    READ cellular Goods launches skincare products on Amazon Marketplace; strategy updates

    The promotional campaign aims to reinforce Cellular Goods’ Look Better (skincare) and Feel Better (supplements) product lines. Ads will appear on different dates and durations on each placement.

    “We are pleased to announce the start of our outdoor marketing campaign which will complement our ongoing national marketing campaign aimed at introducing our premium brand and products to a broad consumer audience. We are committed to continuing to offer marketing initiatives to not only continue to raise awareness about our brand, but also to teach Britain about cannabinoids and their potential to improve people’s well-being,” said Anna Chokina, Managing Director of Cellular Goods.

    Add related topics to MyProactive

    Create your account: subscribe and get ahead of news and events


    The Company is a publisher. You understand and agree that nothing posted on the Site constitutes a recommendation that any particular security, portfolio of securities, transaction or investment strategy is…

    In return for publishing services rendered by the Company on behalf of Cellular Goods PLC named herein, including the Company’s promotion of Cellular Goods PLC in any Site Content, the Company receives…


    Do you like where you work? Nominate your business for a Top Workplaces award.


    Utah workplaces have changed a lot since the start of 2020 in one way or another, along with the rest of the world.

    As Beehive State marks two years since the start of the coronavirus pandemic in the United States, just under two-thirds of adults say they live in a household where someone has shown up at an actual workplace. during the previous week, according to census surveys.

    Thousands of people are still telecommuting to work from a bedroom desk or a laptop at the kitchen table, even as Utah’s unemployment rate fell to 2.2% in January, its rate the lowest ever recorded. COVID-19 has transformed the way businesses interact with customers. Most people are familiar with the belongings of supply disruptions by now, and inflation is again an issue.

    Utah employers have learned to meet these challenges with an added daily dose of uncertainty to stay afloat. Some have risen above the rest, notable for the way they have adapted to make their employees feel connected, heard and valued.

    For a ninth year, The Salt Lake Tribune is seeking nominations for its annual Top Workplaces awards.

    How is your employer? If you feel good, nominate him at http://www.sltrib.com/nominate or by phone at 801-803-6841.

    Any Utah workplace with 35 or more employees can participate, whether private, public, nonprofit, or government.

    The deadline for nominations is April 15. There are no participation fees.

    Applicants will be evaluated by their employees from March through June with a short 24-question survey, conducted by Philadelphia-based Energage, a cultural technology company specializing in employee engagement and workplace improvement research. .

    Employees scan through statements such as “My job makes me feel like I’m part of something special” or “This company operates on strong values” – then rank them from “strongly agree” to “strongly disagree” “. Participants can also highlight various attributes of their employers for special award categories. The 2021 awards also included Utah’s top small, medium and large business bosses.

    Employers, employees and even people outside the company or organization can nominate candidates.

    La Tribune will announce the winners in the fall in dedicated online and print publications.

    Last year’s awards – a full year into the pandemic – involved surveys of 179 employers and recognized 147 workplaces. (Some 1,600 organizations were invited to participate.) More than 33,500 employees responded.

    BambooHR, a Lindon-based human resources software company, led the 2021 winners among large companies. As the company has grown since its inception in 2008, it has now won Top Workplaces awards in each of the survey’s small, medium and large categories.

    (Rick Egan | The Salt Lake Tribune) Before the pandemic, BambooHR employees worked out of Lindon’s main building in 2019.

    “Since its very first days, BambooHR has been a place where people love what they do and love coming to work,” the company’s human resources manager, Cassie Whitlock, wrote in 2021 as part of the awards. “The difference is that BambooHR has succeeded while recognizing that its success is more than just making money for the company.”

    Chatbook, a photo-editing software company in Lehi, topped the list of best mid-sized businesses, while the non-profit Ronald McDonald House Charities topped the 2021 small business winners.

    (Leah Hogsten | The Salt Lake Tribune) Gary Zielinski, left, and his wife, Jenney, not pictured, are helped in 2021 by Jason Luu after donating more than 300 puzzles to Ronald McDonald House.

    Angela Moon, Ronald McDonald House human resources and culture manager for Intermountain West, said at the time that the culture of the operation “is about supporting and empowering every member of the team.”

    Energage surveys Top Workplaces for media in 61 markets – including The Washington Post, The Boston Globe and The Tampa Bay Times – and reached more than 2 million workers at approximately 8,000 companies and organizations last year.

    Companies Abuse NC COVID Immunity Law in Nursing Home Deaths, Lawyers and Families Say :: WRAL.com


    In September 2020, an 80-year-old resident of an adult care home in Wilmington was beaten in his bed by his suite mate.

    His nose was broken. Other bones too. He had been assaulted in his sleep, and he lived the last six days of his life in “excruciating pain and suffering”, according to the lawsuit his family filed against the home, Spring Arbor of Wilmington.

    Garland’s suite mate Garrett had a history of violent outbursts in the home, exposed in the lawsuit which includes nearly five pages of dated bullet points. Police ruled the killing a homicide, although the elderly attacker was never charged, due to his reduced mental capacity.

    It was all inevitable, according to the lawsuit, and Spring Arbor did not care about both Garrett, a former North Carolina transportation secretary, and his killer.

    Spring Arbor and its parent company, HHHunt Property Management, declined to comment on the matter, through their attorney. They have denied any wrongdoing in the lawsuit and that case is pending in New Hanover County Superior Court.

    One of the many defenses advanced by Spring Arbor was based on an immunity clause that a unanimous General Assembly and Governor Roy Cooper signed into law at the start of the COVID-19 pandemic.

    This clause was part of a much larger bill, and it was touted as a way to avoid frivolous lawsuits against healthcare providers doing their best to navigate through a global crisis and misunderstood disease. But increasingly, nursing homes and assisted living facilities have argued in wrongful death lawsuits that the law offers broad immunity beyond what lawmakers say they want.

    Lawyers believe the immunity argument has been made in every wrongful death case in a nursing home or assisted living facility filed since the start of the pandemic. Lawyers for those facilities “would be silly not to,” said Martin Ramsey, who represents the Garrett family in Wilmington.

    Review layout

    At least one judge accepted the argument, dismissing a lawsuit now on appeal to the North Carolina Court of Appeals in a process that could ultimately limit the reach of the law.

    There is also pressure to repeal the law, although it does not appear to have momentum in the General Assembly. Senate Speaker Pro Tem Phil Berger, one of North Carolina’s most influential state lawmakers, said last week that he didn’t hear about the issue until WRAL News asks.

    The law has received quite a bit of media coverage, however, and there is an online petition asking for changes. Berger and other key lawmakers, including House Speaker Tim Moore, told WRAL News they are open to considering changes, but nothing is on the horizon.

    Because the immunity clause is tied to the state of emergency declared by Cooper in March 2020, the governor could override it by ending the state of emergency or changing its details.

    Jordan Monaghan, a spokesman for the governor, said Cooper supports “lawmakers reviewing this provision” and that the administration “continues to work to identify changes needed to allow the state to continue to respond to the pandemic.” .

    Cooper’s office, however, gave no timeline for changing the state of emergency, which Republican lawmakers were pushing him to reverse last week as his 2-year anniversary passed. The administration sent lawmakers a four-page letter Thursday — the same day lawmakers essentially adjourned their legislative session — outlining legislative measures that could replace the still-needed tools in the emergency declaration.

    The immunity clause, Monaghan said, “is no shield against wrongdoing, and bad actors can and should be held accountable for their actions and any resulting damages.”

    Other state lawmakers took the same view, noting that the law says suppliers must act in good faith and that immunity does not apply for gross negligence or reckless misconduct.

    SNCG 90-21.133

    “We didn’t know what was going to happen with COVID [when we passed the bill]”, Moore said. “It’s really designed to address things directly related to COVID, not just general immunity.”

    Others see broader application, and the law says it applies to health care providers affected “directly or indirectly” by the pandemic. Regardless of the intent, Charlotte attorney Elizabeth Todd said nursing homes and assisted living facilities use the clause as a crutch.

    Todd’s clients have sued two establishments in wrongful death cases over the past two years, and in both cases those establishments invoked the immunity clause. Todd said the law also acts as a deterrent to other potential lawsuits and reduces liability, which in turn reduces the quality of care.

    “All this law has done is protect the industry,” Todd said.

    Adult care homes still struggling

    The North Carolina Health Care Facilities Association, which lobbies for nursing homes in the state, says the immunity clause is still needed.

    “The reasons for the Immunity Act make as much sense today as they did when the act was originally passed by the NC General Assembly in 2020,” said Adam Sholar, President and Chief of the management of the association, in a press release sent by e-mail. “North Carolina nursing homes continue to operate in an incredibly challenging environment.”

    Eighty-nine percent of North Carolina nursing homes have had two or more COVID cases this week, and 42 percent are reporting a shortage of orderlies, Sholar said. In January and February, 10,000 staff were infected with COVID, he said.

    Assisted living facilities, which provide a lower standard of care than retirement homes, have similar staffing issues. The president of the North Carolina Assisted Living Association told WFAE-FM in December that those facilities were “in a staffing crisis.”

    Chris Smith represents the Treyburn Rehabilitation Center, one of the facilities that Todd’s clients have sued. Treyburn won a dismissal from a lower court, and now the case is before the state Court of Appeals, which heard oral argument in December. Smith said “the grace and space given by the General Assembly to state health care providers is extremely important to the delivery of health care in these abnormal times.”

    “This law doesn’t and shouldn’t protect bad actors,” Smith said. “That is not the intent of the legislation, and the law is clear on that.”

    Thirty-eight states have passed emergency ordinances or laws granting legal immunity during the pandemic, The Washington Post reported last year. New York repealed its immunity law in April, and attorneys and attorneys here said North Carolina’s law is similar to New York’s in scope.

    “There are other states that have put in place these laws that were more specific to COVID,” said Lauren Zingraff, executive director of patient advocacy group Friends of Residents in Long Term Care. “At present [North Carolina’s] is very, very wide.

    ‘Too much power’

    Lauren Cox and Kristin Goforth, whose father died last year shortly after moving into an adult care home in Greensboro, said they were surprised at the law’s limitation on immunity. They think their father died of neglect and plan to file a complaint. Todd is their lawyer.

    The sisters started an online petition to repeal the North Carolina law, and it has about 1,200 signatures. They said they have contacted a number of North Carolina politicians on the issue, with limited success.


    The General Assembly adjourned last week and may not return to legislation until May. Moore, the Speaker of the House, said he was only vaguely aware of the immunity issue. Like other Republicans, he called on Cooper to rescind the state of emergency.

    “So those [liability] end of limitations,” he said.

    Even if that happens, Todd said she would like to see the General Assembly retroactively restrict immunity, opening the door to more cases from the past two years.

    Such retroactive changes are rare, but the immunity clause itself was retroactive by nearly two months, moving to May 2020 but applying since March 10, 2020, when Cooper declared a state of emergency.

    Cox said the status quo gives “far too much power to nursing homes and not enough power to the people who are in nursing homes – the residents.”

    “And I feel like that’s a way for nursing homes to take the blame off themselves,” she said.

    How to Pose Hands for Better Portraits


    I had no desire to be a portrait photographer when I started learning photography at university. The amount of work it took to connect with people, pose them, and take on a powerful image was daunting. A few years later, I realized that being an empathetic human was an optimal professional skill for portraits. Connecting with people became very easy once I leaned over and felt the energy in the room. The challenge was how to direct them into a natural looking pose once we developed a rapport. An even bigger hurdle has been learning to pose the hands in a way that makes sense.

    Check out this article with minimal banner ads in our app for iOS, iPad and Android. Get no banner ads for $24.99/year.

    Turns out the hands are a challenge for people on both sides of the camera. Anything can go well in a portrait image. However, if the hands are stressed or don’t make sense, that’s the only thing viewers will see. A simple solution is to have your hands on your sides or hide them in pockets. This quick fix can also leave a lot on the table. Knowing how to work with the hands in a logical way can elevate your portrait work.

    More often than not, the hands will feel soft no matter where they are positioned. Any stress in the hands will result in tension. Below are some tips to make it easier to lay hands.

    Sitting on a chair

    Put your customers at ease when they are in a seated position. Notice where they naturally place their arms. Do they lean against the armrest on one side and place the other hand in their lap? Is one arm draped with the backrest or are both hands in the pockets? Paying attention to these details will often reveal the starting point of your first pose. This usually requires a slight easing of the hands on the knees or placing them with the backrest/armrests. If the hands aren’t cooperating, ask them to curl their fingers and gently clench their fist.

    From there, it’s simple to ask them to raise their hand by their forehead. Choose what feels natural and most comfortable for your subject. Direct hands to be gentle with slightly extended fingers. He always looks great. If their hands aren’t cooperating, ask them to place their fingers in a soft fist and tilt the palm toward the camera.

    I like men putting their thumb on their chin to accentuate their jawline. I will generally ask most women to put one hand under their chin or to the side. A personal favorite direction is to extend their index finger towards their mouth. It works for both men and women and adds a bit of privacy to the viewer.

    If the customer has a killer watch or amazing detail in the clothes, ask them to raise their hand to the ceiling. Hands can be soft with outstretched fingers, a soft fist, or a combination of both. Direct the angle of their palm to best match the angle of the camera. If you’re shooting straight up, the little finger will be closest to the camera. You’ll want to lead the back of the hand if you’re shooting them sideways for an over the shoulder pose.

    You can also have them lean forward with their elbows on their thighs. Think about GQ-type images for men when making them. Often you can ask them to make a fist with one hand and the other hand around it or do the letter A.

    On steps, a stool, or an Apple box

    Most of these signals will work seamlessly if your client is sitting on a staircase. You can play the element of relaxation or add to the ambiance. Ask them to put a hand in their pocket. Have them put their other hand on their lap or on the step above them.

    Hand placement and directions will be simplified when your client is seated on a stool or apple box. There are only a few instructions you can give them. You can make them comfortable with one leg straight and the other slightly tucked in. You can point both hands in the pockets, both hands on the thighs, or one of each. You can also have them lean forward with their hands or forearms on their thighs.

    In standing up position

    Standing poses can be as simple as asking a client to put one hand in their pocket and the other by their side. For women, ask them to put a hand on their hip. Keep in mind that crossing your arms is easy, although it translates differently. We are conditioned to think that men exude more confidence and approachability. With women, society communicates that it is closed or inaccessible. It is therefore essential to direct the gentler hands with women in this case.

    You can ask them to put both hands near their face and laugh. Once they’re comfortable moving, you can also have your subject place their hands on top of their head or closer to their forehead.

    Use the environment while standing

    Use your surroundings as much as possible when your client is standing. Have them lean against the wall with one arm in their pocket and the other hand near their forehead or chin. Choose a soft hand with outstretched fingers or a soft fist with the palm facing the camera. You can also place one forearm across the forehead with the palm facing forward. Another option is to have the hand closest to the wall holding the side of his neck. It will add a sensual feel to the overall mood.

    If there is a window that tilts, use it. Ask your client to gently lean on it with their outstretched arm for a relaxed feeling. Or have them raise their hand by their forehead or chin for a different mood.

    ask them to do something

    Adding a little action or movement can bring new energy to an otherwise outdated image by doing something with your hands. It can be as simple as placing both hands together and rubbing their fingertips together. The interaction always livens up the mood and brings a bit of their personality.

    Ask the customer to tip or adjust their hat. Ask men to adjust their watch, adjust their tie or collar, button their shirt, or even roll up their sleeve cuffs. Have women run their fingers through their hair or act like they’re applying lip gloss with their middle finger while looking away. Let them have fun and play with their clothes, especially if they are wearing a dress.

    Beauty Photography

    Hands are instrumental in beauty work for both men and women. Whether one-handed or two-handed, you’ll notice that the hands are almost always soft. Stressed hands only work when there’s plenty of intensity in the facial expression and style to match the mood. Otherwise, it doesn’t make much sense.

    A good rule of thumb is to practice asymmetry when placing the hands. Ask your client to have one hand on the forehead and the other gently cradling the neck. Ask them to nod if you want both hands facing the face for a smiling image that would make toothpaste ads proud. You can also practice asymmetry by using both the front and back of the hand for a more intimate image of beauty.

    One-handed instructions include placing their hand near the forehead, on the neck, and under the jaw with the index finger up. Emphasize the gentle touch so his hand doesn’t create a squashed face. This is the perfect time to use your client’s hands to accentuate their jawline. I will ask the men to rub their thumbs gently on their chin and ask the women to pretend to apply lip gloss.

    Final Thoughts

    Knowing how to place your hands in an image and direct them appropriately will improve your portraits. Take the time to find out when they are comfortable and use that to your advantage. Playing around with their comfort level will make the process much easier. Also, keep the poses and direction natural for an organic experience. It’s normal for people to hold some tension in their hands when first leading them. Sometimes they tense when repeating a pose. If this happens, just ask them to shake their hand and start over.

    I will often go through all of these categories in order as a progression during a portrait session. This helps paint the general mood and expression of your customers that you are trying to reach. Describe the mood and emotion of the pose you are trying to achieve. Have them hit everything at once and count them down. It might take a few tries to hit it, and it’s worth it when it all comes together.

    Keep practicing with your customers to improve your communication with them. It will eventually become second nature and help you become a successful director. Having this skill in your back pocket will help you create better portraits.

    Nutrigenomics: What you eat can reprogram your genes


    People usually think of food as synonymous with calories, energy, and nourishment. However, the latest evidence suggests that food also “talks” to our genome, which is the genetic blueprint that directs how the body works down to the cellular level.

    This communication between food and genes can affect your health, physiology and longevity. The idea that food delivers important messages to an animal’s genome is central to a field known as nutrigenomics. This is a discipline that is still in its infancy and many questions remain shrouded in mystery. Yet we researchers have already learned a great deal about how food components affect the genome.

    I am a molecular biologist who studies the interactions between food, genes and the brain with the aim of better understanding how food messages affect our biology. Efforts by scientists to decipher this transmission of information could one day translate into healthier, happier lives for all of us. But so far, nutrigenomics has unveiled at least one important fact: our relationship with food is far more intimate than we ever imagined.

    The Interaction of Food and Genes

    If the idea that food can drive biological processes by interacting with the genome sounds amazing, you only have to search a hive to find a proven, perfect example of how it happens. Worker bees work non-stop, are sterile and only live a few weeks. The queen bee, sitting at the bottom of the hive, has a lifespan that lasts for years and a fecundity so powerful that she gives birth to an entire colony.

    And yet, workers and queens are genetically identical organisms. They become two different life forms because of the food they eat. The queen bee feasts on royal jelly; worker bees feed on nectar and pollen. Both foods provide energy, but royal jelly has an added feature: its nutrients can unlock the genetic instructions to create the anatomy and physiology of a queen bee.

    So how is food translated into biological instructions? Remember that food is made up of macronutrients. These include carbohydrates – or sugars – proteins and fats. Foods also contain micronutrients such as vitamins and minerals. These compounds and their breakdown products can trigger genetic switches that reside in the genome.

    Like light switches that control the intensity of the light in your home, genetic switches determine how much of a certain genetic product is produced. Royal jelly, for example, contains compounds that activate genetic controllers to form the queen’s organs and maintain her ability to reproduce. In humans and mice, the byproducts of the amino acid methionine, which are abundant in meat and fish, are known to influence genetic dials that are important for cell growth and division. And vitamin C plays a role in keeping us healthy by protecting the genome from oxidative damage; it also promotes the function of cellular pathways that can repair the genome if damaged.

    Depending on the type of nutritional information, the genetic controls activated and the cell that receives them, the messages contained in food can influence well-being, the risk of disease and even lifespan. But it’s important to note that to date, most of these studies have been conducted in animal models, such as bees.

    Interestingly, the ability of nutrients to alter the flow of genetic information can span generations. Studies show that in humans and animals, the diet of grandparents influences the activity of genetic switches as well as the risk of disease and mortality in grandchildren.

    cause and effect

    An interesting aspect of thinking about food as a type of biological information is that it gives new meaning to the idea of ​​a food chain. Indeed, if our body is influenced by what we ate – down to the molecular level – then what the food we ate “ate” could also affect our genome. For example, compared to milk from grass-fed cows, milk from grain-fed cows contains different amounts and types of fatty acids and vitamins C and A. So when humans drink these different types of milk, their cells also receive different nutritional messages.

    Likewise, a human mother’s diet alters the levels of fatty acids as well as vitamins such as B-6, B-12, and folate that are found in her breast milk. This could alter the type of nutritional messages reaching the baby’s own genetic switches, although whether or not this has an effect on the child’s development is, at this time, unknown.

    Information about food from animals – like cow’s milk – is transferred to the person drinking the milk. (Joice Kelly/Unsplash)

    And, perhaps unbeknownst to us, we too are part of this food chain. The food we eat not only changes the genetic switches of our cells, but also those of the microorganisms living in our intestines, skin and mucous membranes. A striking example: in mice, the breakdown of short-chain fatty acids by gut bacteria alters levels of serotonin, a chemical messenger in the brain that regulates mood, anxiety and depression, among other processes.

    Food additives and packaging

    Adding ingredients to food can also alter the flow of genetic information inside cells. Breads and cereals are fortified with folate to prevent birth defects caused by deficiencies of this nutrient. But some scientists speculate that high levels of folate in the absence of other natural micronutrients such as vitamin B-12 could contribute to the higher incidence of colon cancer in Western countries, possibly in affecting the genetic pathways that control growth.

    This could also be true for chemicals found in food packaging. Bisphenol A, or BPA, a compound found in plastic, activates genetic dials in mammals that are essential for development, growth and fertility. For example, some researchers suspect that, in humans and animal models, BPA influences the age of sexual differentiation and decreases fertility by making genetic switches more likely to activate.

    All of these examples point to the possibility that the genetic information in food derives not only from its molecular composition – amino acids, vitamins, etc. – but also a country’s agricultural, environmental and economic policies, or the lack of them.

    Scientists have only recently begun to decode these genetic dietary messages and their role in health and disease. We researchers still don’t know precisely how nutrients act on genetic switches, what their communication rules are, and how the diets of past generations influence their offspring. Many of these studies have so far only been done in animal models, and much remains to be determined about what food-gene interactions mean for humans.

    What is clear, however, is that unraveling the mysteries of nutrigenomics has the potential to empower present and future societies and generations.

    This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

    How to make the TB vaccine more effective — ScienceDaily


    Briefly blocking a key molecule during the administration of the only approved tuberculosis vaccine significantly improves long-term protection against the devastating disease in mice, researchers at the Texas Biomedical Research Institute report this week in the Journal of Immunology. The discovery, if it continues to hold true in non-human primates and clinical trials, has the potential to save millions of lives.

    Tuberculosis (TB) infects more than 10 million people a year, killing more than a million people a year. The Bacillus Calmette-Guérin (BCG) vaccine is widely used to vaccinate children against tuberculosis, but its effectiveness decreases over time. Researchers around the world are searching for more effective vaccines and treatments.

    “We are very pleased to be able to reverse the diminishing efficacy of BCG by combining it with host-directed therapy in a single dose, which makes it very practical for the clinic,” said Joanne Turner, PhD, Vice-Chancellor. Executive Chair, Research, and Senior Author of Articles.

    decades of research

    Turner pointed out that the finding builds on more than 20 years of research. Throughout her career, she has studied the role of a molecule, interleukin-10 (IL-10) on tuberculosis. IL-10 typically helps quell excessive inflammation during infection, but through numerous studies, Turner and colleagues found that IL-10 does more harm than good in tuberculosis, definitively showing that it is the source of tuberculosis infection.

    In previous studies, Turner and colleagues blocked IL-10 at different times during infection – late in infection, the first three weeks of infection – and eliminated IL-10 completely. All signs pointed to better TB control and longer survival. In the current study, the team looked at what happens if they temporarily block IL-10 before the infection occurs, at the same time as the administration of the BCG vaccine.

    Host-directed therapy + vaccine

    The researchers combined the BCG vaccine with an antibody that blocks IL-10 activity for about a week. Since the antibody targets the host, not the pathogen, this makes it a “host-directed therapy”. They gave the mixture to the mice all at once, waited six weeks to make sure the IL-10 blocker was no longer present and the BCG protection had been generated, then exposed the mice to tuberculosis. . These mice controlled TB infection for nearly a year, which is significant for mice with a normal lifespan of about two years. In contrast, mice given only the BCG vaccine lost control of TB infection within two months and showed significant lung inflammation and damage. Notably, mice given the vaccine/IL-10 inhibitor had higher levels of various long-term memory immune cells, which are essential for the ongoing control of tuberculosis.

    “This shows that the early development of an immune response is essential for controlling TB infection in the long term, and that IL-10 inhibits the development of this long-term immunity,” Turner said. “But by briefly blocking IL-10 at the same time as the vaccine is given, it allows the vaccine and the immune system to do their job, creating these long-lasting memory immune cells.”

    The Texas Biomed collaborators plan to study whether the combination is safe and effective in non-human primates. If these results are also promising, the combination could move on to human clinical trials. The team is optimistic, especially since the BCG vaccine is already widely used and the IL-10 blocker is being tested against other diseases.

    Models Matter

    Experimentally, IL-10 has been somewhat dismissed as playing an important role in tuberculosis, even though it has been detected in humans with tuberculosis. But this conclusion was made in the most common strain of research mice, which is quite resistant to tuberculosis and does not produce much IL-10.

    Turner began studying another strain of mice, called CBA/J, which is much more susceptible to tuberculosis. By working with these mice, she and her colleagues began to piece together the role of IL-10 and what happens when it is blocked. To definitively show a molecule’s function, researchers often eliminate the gene that codes for the molecule. Turner bred the CBA/J IL-10 knockout mice, which took several years of effort, and since 2011 the mice have been instrumental in proving that IL-10 causes tuberculosis. These mice can even form human-like granulomas, which are cell clumps that form around the bacteria to prevent it from spreading.

    “We only saw this because we were working on a different strain of mice than the standard lab mouse strain,” says Turner. “It is gratifying that these knockout mice that we have developed are available for other researchers to work with. The diversity of animal models is important for understanding commonalities between species that help us better understand human disease. .”

    Stewardship/Resistance Analysis of March 11, 2022


    Combination of candidate antibiotics shows promise for resistant UTIs

    Venatorx Pharmaceuticals of Malvern, Pennsylvania, yesterday released promising data from a Phase 3 trial of its investigational new drug for patients with complicated urinary tract infections (cUTI).

    The drug, cefepime-taniborbactam, combines a fourth-generation cephalosporin antibiotic with a beta-lactamase inhibitor and targets hard-to-treat drug-resistant gram-negative bacteria, including carbapenem-resistant Enterobacteriaceae and carbapenem-resistant Enterobacteriaceae. . Pseudomonas aeruginosa. It has received Qualified Infectious Disease Product and Fast Track designation from the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA).

    In the phase 3 randomized, double-blind study, which included 661 patients, researchers found that cefepime-taniborbactam met the primary efficacy endpoint of non-statistical inferiority to meropenem in patients with cUTI, including acute pyelonephritis.

    In the microbiologic intention-to-treat test-of-cure (TOC) population, combined microbiologic and clinical success occurred in 70% of cefepime-taniborbactam-treated patients and 58% of meropenem-treated patients (treatment difference: 11.9 95% confidence interval [CI], 2.4 to 21.6). A pre-specified superiority test demonstrated the statistical superiority of cefepime-taniborbactam for the composite TOC endpoint.

    Treatment-emergent adverse event rates were 35.5% for cefepime-taniborbactam and 29.9% for meropenem, with serious events occurring in 2% and 1.8% of patients, respectively.

    “These data demonstrate that cefepime-taniborbactam may represent a significant improvement over the standard of care and could support global healthcare efforts to combat antibiotic-resistant infections,” said Venatorx President and CEO. , Christopher Burns, PhD, in a company press release. “Cefepime-taniborbactam, if approved by the FDA, may offer a new treatment option for patients with infections caused by highly resistant bacteria, even those resistant to widely used carbapenem antibiotics.”

    Venatorx developed cefepime-taniborbactam with funding from the National Institutes of Health, Department of Health and Human Services, Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, and Wellcome Trust. In 2020, the company announced an agreement with the Global Antibiotic Research and Development Partnership to accelerate development and access to the drug for adult and pediatric populations.

    The company said it plans to submit a new drug application to the FDA later this year.
    March 10 Press release

    Rise in sales of fluoroquinolone for food animals linked to resistance Salmonella

    A review of fluoroquinolone sales data for food-producing animals and retail meat sample isolates found a link between increased fluoroquinolone sales and increased quinolone resistance in Salmonellatoday reported researchers in the Journal of Global Antimicrobial Resistance.

    In the study, researchers from Penn State and the Pennsylvania Department of Health analyzed FDA data on antimicrobial sales for food-producing animals from 2013 to 2018 and examined susceptibility data to antibiotics from 4,138 non-typhoid animals. Salmonella (NTS) from retail samples of chicken, ground turkey, ground beef and pork chops. Samples were collected from 2009 to 2018 through the FDA’s National Antimicrobial Resistance Surveillance System. The investigators used the Pearson correlation to examine the association.

    After adjusting for increased beef and pork production, the researchers found that sales of fluoroquinolones increased by 41.67% from 2013 to 2018, from 0.72 kilograms (kg) per kg meat production in 2013 to 1.02 in 2018. The prevalence of quinolone resistance The NTS of beef and pork samples increased from 0.62% in 2009 to 12.75% in 2018. The increase in quinolone resistant isolates in retail meats since 2016 was primarily linked to Salmonella Infants and Salmonella Enteritidis.

    The correlation between the annual percentage of quinolone resistant NTS from beef and pork samples with the adjusted annual sales of fluoroquinolones was 0.67 (n = 6, P = 0.1449).

    NTS is a major cause of foodborne illness worldwide, and although most NTS infections are self-limiting, approximately 5% of those infected develop invasive infections, for which the quinolone antibiotic ciprofloxacin is a treatment. of first intention. Antibiotic-resistant TNS are associated with excess bloodstream infections, longer hospital stays, higher healthcare costs, and increased mortality.

    “Our results indicate a moderately positive correlation of annual sales of standardized fluoroquinolones with the annual prevalence of quinolone-resistant NTS in retail meats,” the study authors write. “The results of our study underscore the need for integrated surveillance to monitor antimicrobial resistance trends and detect the emergence of clinically relevant pathogens in humans and food animals.”
    March 11 J Glob Antimicrobial Resist study

    Obesity affects immune function in pediatric asthma


    March 11, 2022

    1 minute watch

    We have not been able to process your request. Please try again later. If you continue to have this problem, please contact [email protected]

    PHOENIX – Obesity impacts the immune system of children with asthma, as changes in T cell function are linked to metabolic changes in these patients.

    In this video from the American Academy of Allergy, Asthma & Immunology Annual Meeting, Sarah Henrickson, MD, Ph.D., attending physician in the allergy and immunology department at Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia explains how specific changes in metabolism can lead to severe asthma flare-ups in upper respiratory infections.

    Energy management in electric vehicles and why it is crucial

    This article was written by Mr. Anand KulkarniVice President, Product Range and Operations, Tata Passenger Electric Mobility Ltd.
    As global organizations decisively stress the urgent need to migrate to cleaner forms of mobility, major countries have made targeted efforts to accelerate the electric vehicle (EV) revolution in the automotive industry.
    Growing environmental awareness and increased awareness of the benefits of electric vehicles have sparked consumer interest and the demand for electric vehicles is expected to increase significantly over the next decade. In India too, the central and state governments have put in place comprehensive initiatives to encourage the adoption of electric vehicles. Yet to date, the overall penetration of electric vehicles in India is very low, at 0.8%*.

    Efficient energy management: the fundamental solution for interval anxiety
    While there are several reasons for this, such as higher costs and lack of charging infrastructure, another related concern is that of range anxiety. 64% of Indian drivers agree that range anxiety is a major barrier to the widespread adoption of electric vehicles**. Battery electric vehicles (BEVs) carry a limited amount of energy on board, and even today recharging takes much longer than it takes to refuel an internal combustion engine vehicle. (ICE). Autonomy is therefore one of the most critical aspects governing the usability of BEVs. So how can this major hurdle be effectively overcome to accelerate the adoption of electric vehicles in India?
    When it comes to solving distance anxiety, there are basically 3 approaches one could think of. The instinctive option is to increase battery capacity, but beyond a certain point packaging, weight and cost become significant issues. The second response for better electric vehicle range is to strive for improved energy efficiency within a given battery capacity. Finally, given these two approaches, one could also take a hybrid approach of increasing battery capacity while maximizing energy efficiency.
    As we can see, the cost-effective answer for improving autonomy is energy management. Energy management inherently infuses the essence of sustainability by striving to minimize energy waste in a vehicle as much as possible. Efficient energy management is the process of optimizing energy consumption in a vehicle without affecting performance, drivability and comfort. However, the fundamentals of energy management in an electric vehicle and an ICE vehicle are different, and it is crucial to keep this in mind.
    ICE vs EV: Key Differences in Energy Management
    Energy management is different in an ICE vehicle from an electric vehicle, mainly because the majority of engine losses are absent in an electric vehicle. The most efficient combustion engines available on the market today are less than 37% fuel efficient. This means that they can only convert around 37% of their fuel energy into energy used for traction and powering on-board accessories. The rest is lost by overcoming friction on moving parts and heat by exhaust and surface radiation.
    In contrast, EV motors are very energy efficient and therefore inherently capable of converting much of the available energy for traction. Therefore, the proportion of energy consumed by the main aggregates changes significantly in an EV. Vehicle losses, such as bearing and aerodynamic losses, thermal management, and accessories become important areas of focus when designing a vehicle for optimum fuel efficiency.
    On all fronts: key areas to consider for energy efficiency
    Several areas of an electric vehicle can be efficiently optimized. Within the vehicle itself, improvements in aerodynamics, ride losses and overall weight reduction can have a significant impact on a vehicle’s energy. This includes choosing the right body style, balancing packaging, dynamics, aerodynamics and cost. Additionally, minimizing rolling losses – the energy lost through tires – is an area the industry is keenly focusing on. Typically, a 10% improvement in ride loss results in a 2% improvement in range in the city and up to 3% in range on the highway.
    Optimized thermal management is another key area in this regard. Using proper and efficient cooling in electronic components such as E-Drive, PSU and battery can potentially help gain 3-5% more efficiency. Additionally, unlike ICE vehicles, electric vehicles have the unique ability to regenerate energy. An EV motor recovers the vehicle’s kinetic energy significantly when decelerating, whereas in an ICE, all of that kinetic energy is lost through the brakes. The use of appropriate regeneration strategies can therefore have a decisive impact on energy efficiency. Finally, reducing the load on a vehicle’s auxiliary energy consumers, such as pumps, lamps, fans, etc., has a relatively smaller but noticeable effect on optimizing energy consumption.
    The biggest challenge is ultimately to manage all these levers and deliver a product in the development cycle. Clearly, however, energy efficiency at all levels can play a key role in maximizing the range of electric vehicles. As we move into an era of cleaner fuels and sustainable practices, there is also a need to embed the same values ​​into the very development of our vehicles. Efficient energy management not only solves the relevant barrier of range anxiety, but also offers automotive developers the opportunity to embed minimal waste as a core value of high-performance vehicles.
    Disclaimer: The views and opinions shared in this article are solely those of the author. These views and opinions do not represent those of The Times of India or any of its employees.

    Cell therapy improves signs and symptoms of Duchenne muscular dystrophy


    Newswise – A clinical trial at UC Davis Health and six other sites has shown a cell therapy holds promise for patients with late-stage Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD), a rare genetic disease causing muscle loss and physical impairments for young people.

    The therapy appears to be safe and effective in arresting the deterioration of heart and upper extremity functions. It is the first treatment to lead to significant functional improvements in the most severe cases of patients with DMD.

    “HOPE-2 is the first clinical trial to test systemic cell therapy in DMD,” said Craig McDonald, the trial’s national principal investigator and senior author of the study. McDonald is Professor and Chair of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation and Professor of Pediatrics at UC Davis Health. “The trial produced statistically significant and unprecedented stabilization of skeletal muscle deterioration affecting the arms and cardiac deterioration of structure and function in non-ambulatory DMD patients.”

    The results of the trial were published today in the Lancet.

    Cell therapy for muscle degeneration

    In the Phase II clinical trial, researchers used Capricor Therapeutics allogeneic cardiosphere-derived (CDC) CAP-1002 cells obtained from human heart muscle. These cells can reduce muscle inflammation and improve cell regeneration.

    “The primary mechanism of CAP-1002 therapy is to help reduce the severe chronic inflammatory problems of the disease, decrease fibrosis and improve muscle regeneration, and thereby maintain or improve critical heart function. and skeletal muscle,” McDonald said.

    The trial investigated the long-term efficacy and safety of repeated intravenous infusions of CAP-1002 for the treatment of late-stage DMD. It recruited 20 patients with DMD from seven US centers. The participants were at least 10 years old and had moderate arm and hand weakness. They were randomly assigned to receive either CAP-1002 or a placebo every three months for a year, with a total of four infusions.

    Significant improvements in arm, hand and heart function

    The team assessed upper limb function using the Performance of Upper Limb Motor Function (PUL) scale for DMD, cardiac function using cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) ), spirometry measurements of respiratory function and circulating biomarkers.

    The researchers assessed the participants’ PUL at their first infusion and after one year. They measured the change in mean/elbow level PUL scores between these two readings. The study found a significant favorable change in participants who received CAP-1002, compared to those who received the placebo. There was significantly less deterioration in upper extremity muscle function in the cell-treated group.

    Cardiac MRI also showed that cardiac structure and function appeared to improve in participants who received CAP-1002.

    “Here we show the promise of cell therapy in preventing the progression of heart disease in a rare genetic disorder, but there is good reason to believe that such therapy could one day be used for more common forms as well. heart failure,” said co-author Eduardo Marbán, a pioneering cardiology researcher who first discovered that CDCs might be useful in the treatment of DMD. He is Professor Emeritus of the Mark Siegel Family Foundation and Executive Director of the Smidt Heart Institute at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center in Los Angeles.

    Moving forward

    McDonald and collaborators at other centers in the United States are launching a Phase III clinical trial, HOPE-3. The objective of this study is to confirm the efficacy of CAP-1002 in a larger cohort of patients.

    “The FDA has signaled that a larger Phase III study would be the next step toward getting the drug approved. We need to confirm the therapeutic durability and safety of CAP-1002 beyond 12 months for the treatment of heart and skeletal muscle degeneration,” McDonald said.

    What is Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy

    DMD is a disorder that affects around 1 in 5,000 people, mostly boys. It usually becomes apparent in early childhood, causing progressive weakness and chronic inflammation of skeletal, cardiac and respiratory muscles and delaying milestones such as sitting and walking. Patients with DMD typically lose their ability to walk during their teenage years and develop heart and lung complications as they age.

    Treatments for DMD are limited and there is no known cure. Current therapies that target skeletal muscle are not as effective in treating heart muscle weakened by DMD. A therapy that stabilizes or reverses cardiac deterioration, while improving upper extremity function, would be unique in its ability to address the enormous disease burden seen in patients with advanced DMD.

    “This cell therapy is innovative in that it meets the critical needs of the most seriously ill patients and stabilizes both the functions of the upper limbs and the heart. Therapies that address the later stages of the disease can have a significant impact on the quality of life of boys and young men with DMD and ease the burden of care for their families,” McDonald said.

    Collaborations that made HOPE possible

    The team collaborated with researchers and staff at the UC Davis Alpha Stem Cell Clinic, funded by the California Institute for Regenerative Medicine (CIRM). The HOPE-2 study was the clinic’s first cellular therapeutic trial.

    “We worked with the Alpha Stem Cell Clinic and benefited from the stellar infrastructure of the Neuromuscular Research Laboratory in the UC Davis Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation and the Center for Clinical and Translational Sciences (CTSC). I think this is a great testament to UC Davis Health’s leadership in stem cell therapeutic trials and translational clinical medicine,” McDonald said.

    The team also used the UC Davis Imaging Research Center to obtain cardiac MRI data on trial participants.

    The trial (NCT03406780) was sponsored by Capricor Therapeutics.



    Get the latest nutrition news and research from the comfort of your home

    BETHESDA, MD., March 10, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — Free press passes are now available for the biggest virtual nutrition meeting of the year, NUTRITION 2022 LIVE ONLINE. Join us June 14-16, 2022for a dynamic program featuring leading scientists, cutting-edge research and the hottest topics in nutritional science.

    NUTRITION 2022 LIVE ONLINE is the flagship online meeting of the American Society of Nutrition, which attracts tens of thousands of nutrition professionals every year. Top nutrition experts from around the world will share the latest research and discuss its implications for practice and policy.

    Register for a press pass to gain unparalleled access to nutrition researchers, practitioners, global and public health professionals, policy makers, advocacy leaders and industry professionals.

    Qualified journalists will receive:

    • Full and free access to all virtual meeting sessions

    • Round-the-clock access to two and a half days of live and pre-recorded content (available on demand via December 31, 2022)

    • Opportunities to connect with a global community of nutrition experts

    • Early access to embargoed documents featuring high-impact research

    • Personal introductions for one-on-one interviews with featured scientists

    To request a press pass, please see our Media policies and submit a Press registration form.

    Stay in the know by joining the discussion and getting the latest nutrition news:

    Anne Johnson
    (571) 271-1986 (mobile)
    [email protected]


    NUTRITION 2022 LIVE ONLINE is part of a new year-round experience with ASN’s flagship annual meeting being held virtually June 14-16, 2022, as well as learning and networking opportunities that will be offered throughout the year. The Annual Online Meeting is a dynamic virtual event showcasing new research findings and timely discussions on food and nutrition. Scientific symposia explore hot topics including clinical and translational nutrition, food science and systems, global and public health, population science, and cellular and physiological nutrition and metabolism. https://nutrition.org/nutrition-2022/ #NutritionLiveOnline

    About the American Nutrition Society (ASN)

    ASN is the preeminent professional organization for nutrition scientists and clinicians worldwide. Founded in 1928, the society brings together top nutrition researchers, physicians, policy makers and industry leaders to advance our knowledge and application of nutrition. ASN publishes four peer-reviewed journals and provides education and professional development opportunities to advance nutrition research, practice and education. http://www.nutrition.org/

    This press release has been issued on behalf of Newswise(TM). For more information, visit http://www.newswise.com.


    Show original content:https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/announcing-nutrition-2022-live-online-301499198.html

    SOURCE American Society of Nutrition (ASN)

    Salem Media Group (NASDAQ:SALM) Raised to “Buy” Zacks Investment Research


    Salem Media Group (NASDAQ:SALM- Get a rating) has been upgraded by Zacks Investment Research from a “hold” rating to a “buy” rating in a research report released Thursday, Zacks.com reports. The brokerage currently has a target price of $3.75 on the stock. Zacks Investment ResearchThe company’s price target would point to a potential upside of 7.14% from the company’s previous close.

    According to Zacks, “Salem Media Group, Inc. is a broadcaster, Internet content provider, and magazine and book publisher specializing in Christian and conservative content. Its operating segment includes broadcast, digital media and Publishing.The Broadcasting segment is engaged in the ownership and operation of radio stations in metropolitan markets.The Digital Media segment is focused on the web-designed platform.The Publishing segment includes Regnery Publishing, Xulon Press and Salem Publishing. Salem Media Group, Inc., formerly known as Salem Communications Corporation, is headquartered in Camarillo, California.

    A number of other stock analysts have also published reports on SALM. StockNews.com upgraded Salem Media Group from a “hold” rating to a “buy” rating in a report released Monday. UBS Group began covering Salem Media Group in a research report on Tuesday, December 21. They issued a “buy” rating on the stock.

    (A d)

    This may sound shocking… But did you know… Low-priced penny stocks like these offer a great way to make money regardless of the direction of the markets as a whole.

    Click here for the names and stock symbols of our top 4 penny stocks under $5.

    NASDAQ:SALM opened at $3.50 on Thursday. The 50-day moving average price of the stock is $3.39. Salem Media Group has a 52-week minimum of $1.69 and a 52-week maximum of $6.82. The stock has a market capitalization of $94.45 million, a P/E ratio of 2.32 and a beta of 1.13. The company has a quick ratio of 1.30, a current ratio of 1.32 and a debt ratio of 1.30.

    Salem Media Group (NASDAQ:SALM- Get a rating) last released its quarterly earnings data on Thursday, March 3. The company reported earnings per share (EPS) of $0.61 for the quarter, beating the consensus estimate of $0.06 by $0.55. Salem Media Group achieved a return on equity of 17.12% and a net margin of 16.08%. In the same quarter of the previous year, the company made earnings per share of $0.09. Equity research analysts expect Salem Media Group to post EPS of 0.04 for the current fiscal year.

    A number of institutional investors and hedge funds have recently changed their positions in the stock. Barclays PLC increased its equity stake in Salem Media Group by 1,108.6% during the 4th quarter. Barclays PLC now owns 100,000 shares in the company worth $306,000 after acquiring an additional 91,726 shares during the period. Virtu Financial LLC increased its position in Salem Media Group shares by 59.8% during the fourth quarter. Virtu Financial LLC now owns 32,251 shares of the company valued at $99,000 after purchasing an additional 12,074 shares in the last quarter. Marshall Wace LLP bought a new position in shares of Salem Media Group during the fourth quarter worth approximately $519,000. Millennium Management LLC increased its position in Salem Media Group by 221.9% in the fourth quarter. Millennium Management LLC now owns 74,704 shares of the company worth $229,000 after acquiring an additional 51,500 shares during the period. Finally, Citadel Advisors LLC increased its position in Salem Media Group by 192.7% in the fourth quarter. Citadel Advisors LLC now owns 62,696 shares of the company worth $192,000 after acquiring an additional 41,274 shares during the period. Institutional investors and hedge funds hold 12.26% of the company’s shares.

    About Salem Media Group (Get a rating)

    Salem Media Group, Inc is engaged in the provision of specialty media in Christian and conservative content. It operates through the following segments: Broadcast, Digital Media and Publishing. The Broadcast segment owns and operates radio stations in major metropolitan markets, which include national and local programming content.

    Further reading

    Get a Free Copy of Zacks’ Research Report on Salem Media Group (SALM)

    For more information on Zacks Investment Research’s research offerings, visit Zacks.com

    This instant alert was powered by MarketBeat’s narrative science technology and financial data to provide readers with the fastest and most accurate reports. This story was reviewed by MarketBeat’s editorial team prior to publication. Please send questions or comments about this story to [email protected]

    Should you invest $1,000 in Salem Media Group right now?

    Before you consider Salem Media Group, you’ll want to hear this.

    MarketBeat tracks Wall Street’s top-rated, top-performing research analysts daily and the stocks they recommend to their clients. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the market takes off…and Salem Media Group didn’t make the list.

    While Salem Media Group currently has a “Buy” rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.

    See the 5 actions here

    Court allows president’s request to waive constitutional immunity


    ISLAMABAD – An Anti-Terrorism Tribunal (ATC) in Islamabad on Wednesday accepted a request to waive the constitutional immunity of President Dr. Arif Alvi granted to him as head of state under Article 248 of the Constitution in a pending case.

    Previously, the president appeared in court on March 4, unprecedented in the country’s history, and pleaded not to avail himself of his constitutional immunity. The president and his lawyer, Dr. Babar Awan, had also asked the court to decide the case on the merits.

    Dr. Alvi had submitted two separate applications; one for waiver of his right under Article 248 of the Constitution and the other related to Article 265-K CrPC.

    The ATC Judge, after reviewing the pleas, noted in his order that the President, Dr. Arif Alvi, voluntarily appeared in court without issuance of any proceedings and chose to waive the protection afforded to him. granted under clause (2) of Article 248 of the Constitution.

    “No criminal prosecution may be instituted or prosecuted against the incumbent president during his tenure,” the judge observed, citing the constitutional provision. The court further stated that the case was registered before Dr. Arif Alvi entered the post of president, while the proceedings were also suspended against the appellant by the predecessor judge on 20-07-2018.

    The judge, in his order, mentioned the reasons for accepting the plea and said that the petitioner having come before him to voluntarily renounce the constitutional protection and that the prosecutor had not opposed the request, ” Therefore, the request for waiver of the protection provided by Article 248 of the Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan 1973 is hereby granted and the proceedings against the applicant are resumed.”

    During the Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf (PTI) sit-in in 2014, Islamabad police invoked the anti-terrorism law against PTI leaders, including Dr Arif Alvi, for allegedly inciting party workers to attack the PTV building and the Parliament. in the previous Pakistan Muslim League-Nawaz government.

    Orangetheory® Fitness welcomes its very first music director, DJ Steve Aoki, to the stage


    Building on this idea, Orangetheory is collaborating with Aoki as Music Director, where he will oversee the musical mood of Orangetheory’s global network throughout the year. In this vital role, Aoki will bring its expertise in the music space to help the brand evolve its member experience. As CMO, Aoki will lead music advisory sessions with the Orangetheory team, provide custom music beats for member-exclusive content, and help the brand establish a music advisory board to expand its engagement with members and the community. music in the future. He will also design a custom track for Orangetheory’s upcoming “More Life” ad campaign, further amplifying the relationship between Orangetheory and Aoki.

    As a brand partner, Aoki will work closely with the fitness team at Orangetheory to layer original and heart-pounding setlists that will serve as soundtracks for a new self-titled workout series, “All Out with Aoki.”

    “Health, science and technology are three personal passions for me and as Music Director of Orangetheory Fitness, I am able to bring them all into play,” said Steve Aoki. “There’s a strong parallel between the energy of my shows and the way Orangetheory coaches light up their own classes every day – my new playlists are meant to enhance that already amazing workout.”

    This series will feature 10 original workouts, led by the beats of Aoki’s Marked Tracks, which were created to inspire members to go “All Out” to reach their optimal heart rate throughout the workout. . The music is meant to inspire, motivate and engage Orangetheory Fitness members in the same way that Aoki energizes its audience worldwide.

    “We know the vital role music plays in the workout experience, which is why we enlisted Steve Aoki as CMO,” said David Long, co-founder and CEO of Orangetheory Fitness. “Steve’s dedication to health and wellness, coupled with his passion for science and technology, makes him a natural fit. His values ​​align perfectly with the science and technology backed training of ‘Orangetheory.’

    The Orangetheory and Aoki alliance began in early 2022 and will continue through the calendar year, including monthly drops of new “All Out with Aoki” workouts. The series will premiere at Orangetheory Fitness studios around the world on Saturday March 26.

    For partnership images, please click here. Video footage can be accessed here. For more information about Orangetheory Fitness, visit www.orangetheory.com.

    About Orangetheory
    Orangetheory® (orangetheory.com) makes it easy to get more life out of your workout. One of the fastest growing franchise companies in the world, Orangetheory has developed a unique approach to fitness that combines a unique trio of science, coaching and technology that work together seamlessly to elevate heart rate participants to burn more calories. Backed by the science of Excessive Post-Exercise Oxygen Consumption (EPOC), Orangetheory workouts integrate endurance, strength and power to generate the “Orange Effect”, whereby participants continue to burn calories up to 24 hours after a 60 minute workout. Orangetheory franchisees have opened more than 1,450 studios in all 50 US states and more than 25 countries. The company was ranked #60 on Inc. magazine’s list of fastest growing private companies and was ranked #9 on Entrepreneurs’ 500 Fastest Growing Franchises of 2020 list. Visit www .otffranchise.com for global franchise opportunities.

    SOURCE Orangetheory Fitness

    COVID-19 has changed the biopharmaceutical industry – and there is no turning back – PharmaLive


    As the COVID-19 pandemic nears its second anniversary in North America, the medical industry is very different than it was just two years ago. Health and safety protocols have changed dramatically, economies continue to shift, and political tensions have escalated due to restrictions put in place to manage the virus.

    The pandemic has also had a significant impact on the biopharmaceutical industry. From breakthroughs in artificial intelligence to home genetic testing, here are some of the ways COVID-19 has changed the industry and what we might see in the near future.

    Disease prevention beyond COVID-19

    The most obvious change is related to vaccines. The use of vaccines against COVID-19 has paved the way for new methods of manufacturing mRNA vaccines. Modern and the Pfizer–BioNTech the development team won a handset $30 billion in 2021and businesses are projected significantly increase this figure in 2022.

    Not only are Moderna, Pfizer and BioNTech changing the game of vaccine manufacturing, they are also changing how they are distributed. In February 2022, Moderna announcement four new subsidiaries in Asia to source ingredients and rapidly manufacture more skincare products. BioNTech plans open one of the world’s largest mRNA manufacturing facilities in Africa to get more vaccines to countries like Ghana, Rwanda and Senegal.

    Messenger RNA (mRNA) technology is also used to treat many other diseases. Using similar mRNA processes, pipelines are now working on vaccines for herpes simplex virus (HSV), varicella zoster virus to reduce rates of shingles, several types of cancers, cytomegalovirus for multiple sclerosis, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

    Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla has explained why he thinks mRNA vaccines are the future. “Obviously it’s a very powerful technology, and we have [been] just skimming the surface,” Bourla noted. “So we decided to go there because we also developed the expertise and the infrastructure that allows us to be a leading player.”

    Reduce trips and encourage collaboration

    Another way the pandemic is changing the biotech industry has to do with remote work. Life sciences is a unique field in that it involves many tasks that can only be done in a lab with employees physically present. Manufacturing components of the biotech supply chain also require onsite participation. However, when the pandemic hit, as many employees as possible were asked to work from home, and some will not be returning to the office.

    Many biotechnology and biopharmaceutical companies are now embrace hybrid working environments. employers such as Athersys Inc., Biotherapeutic Bolt, Therapeutic Flexion, Aristea Therapeutic and Kyowa Kirin North America are just a few of the companies that have introduced flexible options for working from home. In addition to limiting the spread of COVID-19, some companies want to save money on installation costs with fewer employees on site. Some companies see hybrid work models as a way to stay competitive and recruit top talent, while others say it’s better for their employees’ work-life balance and mental health.

    Employees still working on site have also experienced changes. Many businesses and industries as a whole are now more collaborative in the wake of the pandemic. For example, a Massachusetts-based aggregator iSpecimen offers biotechnology researchers and healthcare providers access to its database of biological samples. When the pandemic hit, iSpecimen helped gather research resources to support commercial and government entities in the study of Omicron and Delta variants.

    Similarly, the British non-profit association Drug Discovery Catapult (MDC) has compiled COVID-19 resources and coordinated between researchers and laboratories across the UK. MDC employees helped companies complete fast-track applications for COVID grants. This too collaborated with several other companies.

    MDC said its goal is to “combine excellence in drug discovery and protein science with innovative cellular microarray technology to uncover any unknown cellular receptors or COVID-19 binding proteins.”

    The pandemic has also sparked new collaborative work initiatives in Africa. the World Health Organization at established an mRNA vaccine technology transfer center in South Africa. The hub, supported by WHO and its COVAX partners, will bring together publicly available information on mRNA vaccines. By collaborating with various manufacturers and researchers, the hub aims to help scale up the production of COVID-19 vaccines and then distribute those vaccines on the African continent.

    The arrival of artificial intelligence

    The use of artificial intelligence has also increased dramatically within the biotech industry. At the start of the pandemic, BioNTech partnered with Instadeep, an AI company based in Tunisia. Originally, Instadeep’s AI was used for language translation, but when COVID hit, BioNTech recognized the platform’s potential for modeling protein behavior.

    BioNTech was able model proteins to find the optimal design for his mRNA vaccine, which dramatically reduced the time it would have taken to develop the vaccine otherwise. In November 2020, BioNTech extended its partnership with Instadeep to continue using AI for other vaccines in its pipeline.

    Likewise, Guerix revolutionizes the use of AI in biotechnology. The company’s AI platform, called Healnet, sorts disease data to make meaningful connections, allowing researchers to predict connections between rare diseases and drugs that already exist. The Healnet AI platform has worked well so far, and in November 2021, Healx has received Approval of an Investigational New Drug (IND) by the United States Food and drug administration for a phase IIa study based on a drug-disease connection, the platform found.

    Healx has 20 more internal diseases in its pipeline as its AI continues to refine.

    A transition in testing

    The pandemic has also transformed the biotech landscape with home testing. As people around the world rushed to find at-home COVID tests, companies started making their own. Everlywell, which makes diagnostic tests for food sensitivities, has developed its own PCR test for COVID-19. Then the company partnered with DoorDash to distribute the tests.

    As a result, companies realized the potential home testing could have for other diseases. Companies that sell tests for everything from HIV to predictive cancer genetics has exploded in popularity. Since many non-essential health facilities were closed during the pandemic, the only testing option for many people was to order a take-out kit.

    Source: Organic Space

    This revolution in diagnostic testing allows patients to have more flexibility when it comes to time and travel since they don’t have to go to an office. This is an option that has worked well with telehealth, according to at Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center. Patients also avoid the social anxiety associated with testing for HIV and other sexually transmitted infections by using home testing instead.

    As artificial intelligence and global collaboration continue to shape the course of the ongoing pandemic, the biotech industry has shown its adaptability time and time again. Biopharmaceutical companies have learned from COVID-19 to create new product pipelines and reach more patients than ever before. Although the pandemic has caused a massive loss of life, the resulting technologies and innovation could also save many lives in the future.

    First evidence of fundamental growth limitations in Antarctic fish


    The Antarctic Spiny Plunderer (Harpagifer antarcticus). Credit: Lloyd Peck, British Antarctic Survey

    Antarctic fish have adapted over millennia to survive in the freezing temperatures of the Southern Ocean.

    However, in doing so, they lost their ability to grow at the rates seen in their warmer-water cousins, even when they are now kept at the same water temperature, according to a new study.

    The research, led by scientists from the University of Plymouth and the British Antarctic Survey, focused on two species – the Antarctic prickly poodle (Antarctic Harpagifer) and shanny (Lipophyrs pholis), also known as common blenny.

    Antarctic fish consumed about 20% less food than temperate-water species and grew about half the size, even when the two ecologically similar species were kept at the same water temperature.

    These new findings show that fish living in Antarctic water temperatures have dramatically increased the amount of cellular machinery they have to make proteins – but still cannot make proteins at the same rate as species in warmer waters. warm – while the rates at which polar and temperate fish break down protein is very similar

    In turn, this means that in Antarctic fish, the ability to translate new proteins into physical growth has been significantly reduced.

    As a result, the researchers say, it seems likely that an evolutionary trade-off for being able to survive polar water temperatures has been a greatly reduced ability to grow as efficiently or quickly as warmer-water fish.

    This in turn has important implications for exposure to predation and the number of years required to reach sexual maturity.

    Posted in Royal Society Open Sciencethe study is the first of its kind to assess how Antarctic fish make and store protein as they grow compared to those in temperate waters.

    It also provides one of the largest comparative studies of protein metabolism, growth and food consumption in fish over a wide range of biologically relevant habitat temperatures.

    Dr Keiron Fraser, senior lecturer in marine conservation at the University of Plymouth and lead author of the study, said: “Antarctic fish are under high thermal stress and cannot live long term. at temperatures well above those they currently inhabit. In contrast, many temperate species are more tolerant of a wide range of temperatures because they often inhabit wide latitudinal ranges. Our data show that growth and protein metabolism rates in an Antarctic species are significantly lower than in temperate species, even when kept at the same water temperature. As ocean temperatures rise with global warming, it’s a timely reminder of the differences between species that have evolved to live at vastly different temperatures. If Antarctic fish are increasingly exposed to higher temperatures, this will have implications for their survival, as well as effects on many critical physiological processes, including growth.

    Professor Lloyd Peck, Senior Physiologist on Animal Adaptations to Extreme Environments at the British Antarctic Survey, added: “There is a surprisingly high biodiversity on the Antarctic seafloor, with estimates of around 20,000 species live there. So far, all species studied have major problems making proteins and it seems to be a pervasive constraint for life at low temperatures. There are many other unique adaptations among Antarctic marine species, such as 16 species of fish which are the only animals whose spine does not have red blood cells or hemoglobin to carry oxygen around them. bodies, or giant spider crabs thousands of times heavier than the largest in temperate zones. In addition to problems with protein manufacturing, many of these other adaptations might make life easier in an environment with consistently low temperatures, but they also appear to reduce survivability in changing environments, making them dark. future prospects for many Antarctic marine species. .”

    Reference: “Life in the Freezer: Protein Metabolism in Antarctic Fishes” March 8, 2022, Royal Society Open Science.
    DOI: 10.1098/rsos.211272

    ESHA Research Announces Acquisition of The Riverside Company


    “This partnership will accelerate the launch of new software products and services for our customers and enable ESHA to meet the demands of the future,” said ESHA CEO Craig Bennett.

    ESHA research, a global leader in nutritional analysis and regulatory-compliant labeling software and services, announced its acquisition by The Riverside Company, a global private equity firm. The investment positions ESHA Research for accelerated growth and enables the company to continue to develop its suite of software products and services to support companies in the food and beverage manufacturing, supplement manufacturing , catering and related industries.

    “We believe the time is right to partner with The Riverside Company to support our continued growth, loyal customers and dedicated employees. This partnership will accelerate the launch of new software products and services for our customers and enable ESHA to meet the demands of the future,” said Craig Bennett, CEO of ESHA. “ESHA’s Board of Directors and management team conducted significant due diligence over the past year to identify a partner who understood our industry, technology and culture. We are so excited that Riverside has ticked all the boxes for us.We are also delighted to have our founders, Betty and Bob Geltz, and David Hands as permanent advisors to ESHA.

    ESHA Research will continue to operate under the same name, in the same place, with the same people. Bennett and other members of ESHA Research’s management team will continue to lead the company.

    “We see many growth avenues for ESHA,” said Riverside Senior Partner Brian Sauer. “There is considerable scope to improve the product offering, as well as to leverage ESHA’s market leadership and world-class multinational customer base to expand internationally and solve additional problems for his clients.”

    ESHA Research is committed to providing high quality customer service and exceptional nutritional testing and regulatory compliance products and services trusted by the industry. With this investment, ESHA plans to expand customer support and accelerate product development to deliver new features and products to meet customer needs.

    About ESHA Research

    ESHA Research, founded in 1981, offers a variety of nutritional analysis and label development solutions to ensure regulatory compliance. Our software and databases are used around the world by food manufacturers, educational institutions, restaurants, healthcare facilities and other industry institutions for nutrient analysis, labeling , product development, etc. In addition, ESHA Research offers software and regulatory compliance consulting and label generation services.

    For more information on ESHA Research, visit ESHA website or follow us on Twitter, Facebookand LinkedIn.

    About Riverside Company

    The Riverside Company is a global private equity firm focused on investing in growth companies valued up to $400 million. Since its inception in 1988, Riverside has made over 750 investments. The firm’s international private equity and structured capital portfolios include more than 120 companies.

    Share the article on social networks or by e-mail:

    Axonics® Receives FDA Clearance for No-Recharge Sacral Neuromodulation System


    IRVINE, Calif.–(BUSINESS WIRE)–Axonics, Inc. (Nasdaq: AXNX), a global medical technology company that develops and markets novel products for the treatment of bladder and bowel dysfunction, today announced that the Food and Drug Administration ( FDA) of the United States had approved its new developed implantable neurostimulator (INS) sacral neuromodulation (SNM) with long life and without recharging.

    The Axonics F15™ Refillless SNM System has the following key attributes:

    • Type of INS: primary battery
    • INS longevity: functional lifetime has been validated for more than 15 years with typical stimulation parameters and more than 20 years with lower energy parameters
    • Volume INS: 10 cubic centimeters (20% smaller than other non-rechargeable SNM devices on the market)
    • Stimulation: constant current automatically adjusts stimulation output
    • MRI compatibility: full body with 1.5T and 3.0T full body scanners
    • Patient remote control: intuitive and refill-free key ring with SmartMRI Technology
    • Programming: proprietary algorithm recommends optimal stimulation parameters based on intraoperative responses

    “Axonics is strongly focused on developing innovative, best-in-class, patient-centric SNM solutions, and expanding awareness and access to this life-changing therapy,” said Raymond. W. Cohen, CEO of Axonics. “Our rechargeable system introduced innovations to the SNM category in late 2019 that clinicians and patients have been asking for years – in-body longevity, full-body MRI compatibility, a miniaturized implant, hassle-free therapy, and an easy-to-use patient remote control. The new Axonics F15 refill-free SNM system is also revolutionary – a small and thin INS with an expected in-body life of over a decade that does not require any part of the system to be recharged – and sets a new standard for what is possible in this category.We expect to start shipping the Axonics F15 system in April.

    Cohen continued, “Tens of millions of Americans suffer from one form or another of incontinence and struggle to find long-term relief from symptoms. SNM was historically used as a therapy of last resort because it was only available with a neurostimulator that had an average battery life of four years, requiring patients to undergo multiple replacement surgeries. Our goal is to change this paradigm and we expect the Axonics F15 system to increase adoption of SNM therapy. We will also launch a national direct-to-consumer television campaign in the coming weeks to increase awareness of Axonics therapies, which treat all forms of urinary and fecal incontinence. We remain confident that our commitment to innovation, quality, and providing strong support to physicians and patients will continue to drive market expansion and advance Axonics on the path to leadership in the Marlet.

    About Axonics

    Based in Irvine, Calif., Axonics is a global medical technology company that develops and markets new products for adults with bladder and bowel dysfunction. Axonics recently ranked #1 in the 2021 Deloitte Technology Fast 500™, a ranking of the 500 fastest growing technology, media, telecommunications, life sciences, fintech and energy technology companies in North America.

    The Company’s Sacral Neuromodulation (SNM) systems provide patients with overactive bladder and/or fecal incontinence with long-lasting, easy-to-use, safe and clinically effective therapy. Plus, Axonics best-in-class urethral bulking hydrogel, Bulkamid®, provides safe and long-lasting symptom relief for women with stress urinary incontinence (SUI). Overactive bladder affects approximately 87 million adults in the United States and Europe, with an additional 40 million adults estimated to suffer from faecal incontinence. SUI affects approximately 29 million women in the United States alone. Axonics’ clinically proven products are offered in hundreds of medical centers in the United States and abroad. Reimbursement coverage is well established in the United States and is a covered service in most European countries. For more information, visit www.axonics.com.

    Forward-looking statements

    Statements made in this press release that relate to future plans, events, prospects or performance are forward-looking statements as defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “anticipated”, “will expects, “believes”, “anticipates”, “intended” and similar words are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Although these forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and beliefs, these forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that could cause actual results Actual results differ materially from the expectations expressed in this press release, including the risks and uncertainties disclosed in Axonics’ filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, all of which are available online at www.sec.gov. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. Except as required by law, Axonics undertakes no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect new information, changed circumstances or unforeseen events.

    Immunity to past colds could make COVID-19 worse


    Previous infection and immunity to one of the common cold coronaviruses may have put people at risk for more severe COVID illness and death, according to a new study.

    At the start of the COVID pandemic, it was hoped that a pre-existing immunity to the common cold might protect you against COVID, but new evidence suggests that sometimes the opposite can happen.

    The study in the Journal of Infectious Diseases examined immunity to various coronaviruses, including the SARS-CoV-2 virus that causes COVID, in blood samples taken from 155 COVID patients during the first months of the pandemic. Of these patients, 112 were hospitalized and provided sequential samples during their hospitalization.

    These hospitalized patients experienced a large and rapid increase in antibodies targeting SARS-CoV-2 and several other coronaviruses. While big boosts in antibodies – protective proteins generated by the immune system – are usually a good thing, in this case it wasn’t.

    The researchers found that these antibodies targeted parts of the spike protein (which sits on the surface of coronaviruses and helps them infect cells) that were similar to cold coronaviruses that the immune system remembered from previous infections.

    Unfortunately, targeting these areas meant that antibodies could not neutralize the novel SARS-CoV-2 virus. When levels of these antibodies rose faster than levels of SARS-CoV-2 neutralizing antibodies, patients had more severe disease and a higher risk of death.

    “In people who were sicker – those who were in intensive care or who died in hospital, the immune system responded robustly in a less protective way,” says lead author Martin Zand, senior associate dean of clinical research at the University of Rochester Medical Center. “It took longer for these patients for the immune system to make protective antibodies…unfortunately, too late for some.

    This study adds to a growing body of evidence that a phenomenon called immune imprinting is at play in COVID immune responses. Zand, who is also co-director of the University of Rochester’s Institute for Clinical and Translational Sciences (UR CTSI), compares this phenomenon to an “immune distraction”: immunity to a threat (seasonal coronaviruses) hijacks the response immune to a similar new threat. (SARS-CoV-2). Immune fingerprinting has been linked to poor immune responses to other viruses, such as influenza, and may have implications for vaccine strategies.

    According to some predictions, COVID is likely to be with us for a long time, with new, milder strains emerging and circulating on an annual or seasonal basis. If these predictions hold true, the study suggests that we will need to regularly develop new vaccines targeting new strains of SARS-CoV-2. Although none have hit the market yet, pharmaceutical companies like Pfizer and Moderna have been developing and testing new versions of their COVID vaccines as concerning new variants have emerged.

    “We should expect the development of new vaccines to be a good thing,” Zand says. “That doesn’t mean the original science was wrong. It means that nature has changed. If we want an immune system that pays attention to the right things, we have to teach it new tricks with different vaccines. »

    The study also analyzed 188 blood samples taken in the pre-COVID era (before December 2019) as controls. Some of the blood samples analyzed for the study were provided by the University of Rochester CTSI COVID-19 Biobank, a repository of blood samples from hundreds of patients with and without COVID infections that was developed by the University of Rochester CTSI and University of Rochester Medical Laboratories Shared Center Resources.

    Funding for the study came, in part, from the National Institute of Allergy, Immunology, and Infectious Diseases; the National Center for the Advancement of Translational Sciences; and the Rochester Vaccine Fellowship.

    Source: University of Rochester

    The market value of seaweed products will exceed $4286.8 million by 2031…


    (MENAFN-EIN Presswire)


    A considerable increase has been observed in the demand for seaweed products, as inorganic food compounds made from various chemicals are causing an increase

    PORTLAND, OR, USA, March 7, 2022 /EINPresswire.com/ — Seaweed Products Market by Type, Source, Form and Application: Global Opportunity Analysis and Industry Forecast, 2022 – 2031”, the global seaweed products market size is expected to generate USD 4,286.8 million by 2031, growing at a CAGR of 4.88% from 2022 to 2031. In 2020, the food segment and beverages led the seaweed products market, followed by personal care. The growth of this segment is complemented by increasing global population, increased awareness of healthy food products, and shortage of protein, a key nutrient in food products.

    Upsurge in demand for seaweed products due to rising global population coupled with increasing food consumption is expected to drive the market over the forecast period. Additionally, the increase in demand for healthy food products is expected to drive the demand for nutritional food additives, which is driving the growth of the market. Additionally, increasing demand for aquaculture feeds used for farming fish and rising demand for omega3 fatty acids are the factors expected to drive the market growth. However, the consumption of pharmaceuticals such as astaxanthin made from seaweed leads to a drop in calcium levels and blood pressure. This is expected to limit the growth of the seaweed products market. Conversely, government initiatives to reduce the carbon footprint by promoting various alternative energy sources such as algae-based biofuels are expected to fuel the growth of the algae-based products market over the period. forecast.

    Download a free sample [email protected]

    Additionally, technological advancements to reduce the cost of biofuels made from algae as a feedstock coupled with the by-product of the process that can be used as a soil stimulator or fertilizer and as a feedstock for animals are increasing the feasibility of the process. . the growth of the seaweed products industry during the forecast period. Astaxanthin, Spirulina and Bioastin Astaxanthin are used in the formulation of natural nutritional supplements, which provide health benefits such as improved immune system, skin, eye and brain cell purification, improved overall cellular health and no side effects. However, the formulation of seaweed products for these aforementioned applications requires sufficient knowledge in the field of chemistry, which ultimately leads to new formulations that give better results. The government initiative for the cultivation of algae for its applications is mainly driving the growth of the algae products market. The Department of Biotechnology, Government of India had a vision in 2020 for the development of viable clean energy from various biomass sources such as algae.

    The program was later joined by the US Department of Energy, both the government set up a joint center to manage the development and financing of the project. Similarly, the Canadian government announced an initiative to build a new algae biorefinery project to reduce the carbon footprint and produce vital by-products such as animal feed at its National Research Council. Another recent development from the US Food and Drug Administration to increase the astaxanthin serving from 7.8mg to 12mg is expected to be followed by other potential seaweed ingredients such as beta-carotene.

    Want to get this report? Visit here:

    According to the global seaweed products market analysis, the market is categorized based on application into food & beverages, nutraceuticals & dietary supplements, personal care, chemicals, food for animals and pharmaceuticals. According to the seaweed products market forecast, the food and beverage segment dominated with the largest seaweed products market share in 2020 and is expected to show significant growth during the forecast period . Seaweed is a rich source of essential proteins, bioactive pigments with medicinal potential and fatty acids. This essential constituent of seaweed is necessary for the production of various foods and beverages such as cakes, pasta and confectionery products. Additionally, some species of algae are used as pigments to give texture to food products and as a nutritional additive to increase the quality of food products. These are the key factors driving the growth of the seaweed products market over the forecast period.

    According to the seaweed products market opportunities, increasing global food demand and decreasing available cultivable land for food production are prompting various manufacturers to shift their preference towards seaweed products, which helps propel the growth of the market. In addition, the initiative of various developing and developed countries under the “Paris Agreement” to reduce the global carbon footprint by using renewable energy sources such as algae-based biofuels is expected to further drive the growth of the market.

    In terms of value, Asia-Pacific and LAMEA collectively contributed 34.0% of the global share in 2020. Key players of the seaweed products industry profiled in this report are euglena Co., Ltd., Algae Systems LLC., Cyanotech Corporation, Cargill, Incorporated, Algenol Biofuels Inc., BIOPROCESS ALGAE, LLC, Corbion, Algatechnologies, Cellana Inc. and Earthrise Nutritional.

    Get a full overview, from here:

    David Correa
    Allied Analytics LLP
    write to us here
    Visit us on social media:


    Legal disclaimer: MENAFN provides the information “as is” without warranty of any kind. We assume no responsibility for the accuracy, content, images, videos, licensing, completeness, legality or reliability of any information in this article. If you have any complaints or copyright issues related to this article, please contact the provider above.

    Engineering Professor’s Focused Ultrasound Waves Awarded Forbes ’30 Under 30′ – The Cavalier Daily


    Asst. Biomedical engineering professor Natasha Sheybani was honored at the Forbes 30 Under 30 list this year for his work on targeted ultrasound in relation to chemotherapy and immunotherapy for the specialized treatment of cancer.

    The Forbes 30 Under 30 list highlights trailblazers under 30 in more than 20 different industries. Sheybani, 26, was included in the prestigious scientific category for her work on targeted ultrasound research.

    Ultrasound is a wave most people are familiar with in terms of imaging an unborn baby, but taking those same sound waves and focusing them on a small area – the size of a grain of rice – causes changes cellular which can vary from mechanical to thermal. On a mechanical level, these waves can create holes and tear cells apart, while on a thermal level, they can generate heat that can be used for the treatment of hypothermia.

    “We have this really versatile tool at our disposal right now,” Sheybani said. “The way my lab is interested in thinking about it is to improve cancer treatment.”

    Sheybani’s research has focused on breast and brain cancers and the versatility of targeted ultrasound treatments. Although ultrasound waves can be used as modes of chemotherapy delivery, this research takes a more active approach to focused ultrasound technology in the context of immunotherapies.

    Immunotherapies are a class of cancer treatments that study how the body’s immune system interacts with cancerous tumors and cells in the body. Because cancer comes from inside the body – unlike the common cold, which enters the body from the outside and can be identified by the immune system – it is able to hide from the body’s immune system as it can look like normal cells. The goal of immunotherapy is to turn the body’s immune system against the tumor or cancer cells.

    “The way we envision sound waves is a non-invasive, non-ionizing tool to sensitize tumors to the amazing effects of immunotherapy,” Sheybani said. “We are trying to bring focused ultrasound into the era of precision immuno-oncology.”

    Looking to the future, there is great potential for targeted ultrasound in the world of precision medicine. Future goals for the Sheybani lab look to other non-invasive therapies and monitoring. Some examples of other noninvasive therapies include liquid biopsies — which use blood instead of tissue to assess treatment options for patients — and noninvasive imaging to identify key biomarkers that suggest the presence of cancer cells.

    “It’s a bit of science fiction at times, but believe it or not, these are things we do in human patients too,” Sheybani said.

    In addition to the Forbes honor, Sheybani was also a recipient of the National Institute of Health Director’s Early Independence Award. This award emphasizes high-risk, high-reward research conducted by young researchers. By winning this award, Sheybani received $2 million for his lab to continue research into immunoengineering and next-generation cancer therapies with focused ultrasound. The goal of this award is to help propel young researchers who are conducting groundbreaking research.

    “For me, it’s less about my name making headlines and more about the science that we do…to be recognized at this level.” Sheybani said.

    For now, Sheybani has her sights set on establishing her lab at the University, as well as mentoring students. She credits much of her accomplishments to the mentorship she herself has received from teachers and mentors, and wants to pass it on.

    The Sheybani laboratory is always developing new applications for targeted ultrasound. Sheybani hopes to use the platform provided by the Forbes 30 Under 30 list and the NIH Director Early Independence Award as a launching pad to inform the public about his lab’s ongoing research.

    Research shows female-led businesses outperform male-dominated ones, World News


    According to House of Commons research, companies with more female leaders outperform those dominated by men. Research indicates that women are set to play a major role in the UK’s post-pandemic economic recovery.

    Shadow Secretary for Women and Equality Anneliese Dodds said the data showed it was women who held the key to a stronger economy. She further accused the government of ignoring the needs of women during the pandemic.

    Speaking to the Guardian, she said: ‘When you have more engagement from women, when women are in the driver’s seat to the extent that they should be, it makes businesses much more successful.

    The research comes just days before International Women’s Day.

    Read also | Elon Musk as US President? Here’s what people ask

    As part of the study, data was collected from the House of Commons Library.

    He cited McKinsey research that shows companies in the top quartile for gender diversity in leadership teams were 25% more likely to perform above average. Additionally, companies with more than 30% female executives were more likely to outperform companies that do not have as many female executives.

    The study further pointed out that women-led SMEs contribute an estimated £85 billion in economic output. However, Beis’ research shows that only 16% of small business employers and one in three entrepreneurs are women.

    There is also evidence that fewer women have access to finance and business loans. Only 15% of requests for bank financing and 22% of new business bank account openings come from women.

    (With agency contributions)

    Doctor shares the 5 superfoods she always adds to her diet to boost her immune system


    Your lifestyle can improve your immune system in several ways, but one of the most important is eating the right foods.

    So how do we choose?

    It seems like every few weeks there’s a new immune-boosting superfood on the scene. But as an immunologist and a doctor of functional medicine, I’m here to tell you that any nutrient-dense food that’s rich in vitamins and minerals East an immune superfood.

    However, some foods seem to stand out from the rest for their beneficial properties. Here are five magic superfoods that I always try to add to my diet for a strong and healthy immune system:

    1. Mushrooms

    The maitake mushroom is an edible mushroom that grows at the base of trees and is known for its medicinal benefits.

    db_beyer | Getty

    Mushrooms have been a staple of traditional Chinese medicine for thousands of years. And now we have modern science to explain the effects of these incredible mushrooms which, depending on the species, can boost, redirect or modulate our immune activity.

    My favorite is maitake, also called “hen of the woods” or “chicken of the woods”. Not only do they make delicious tacos, but they can increase Th1 cytokines, which help boost the cellular immune response when fighting bacterial infections.

    Shiitake mushrooms are commonly used in Asian cooking and have been shown to have immune boosting activities.

    Richard Edge | Getty

    I too am a fan of shiitake mushrooms. Studies show a pattern of immune-boosting benefits, such as an increase in cytotoxic NK and T cells – both of which are beneficial in defeating viruses and cancer cells.

    Finally, there’s reishi mushroom, which has been shown in several studies to increase the Th1 cytokine response and help make chemotherapeutic drugs more effective. Additionally, reishi extracts promote the immune response against certain strains of the herpes virus.

    Reishi mushrooms have a hard outer shell that makes them inedible, so capsules are the most convenient form.

    2. Ginger

    Ginger has several strong anti-inflammatory and antioxidant properties. The spicy, aromatic root contains compounds called gingerols, which show promise in preventing cardiovascular disease by reducing oxidative stress in blood vessels, as well as inflammation in the heart region.

    Ginger contains strong anti-inflammatory and antioxidant properties.

    All Nea | Getty

    Studies reveal that ginger extract can help prevent alcohol-induced liver disease and can also block kidney damage created by chemotherapy drugs.

    I often recommend ginger to patients who experience nausea, bloating, and other gastrointestinal issues due to imbalances in their microbiome. You can stir fresh ginger into savory dishes, smoothies and ginger tea, or take a bottle of ginger (found in many juice bars and cafes) to drink plain or diluted in water.

    3. Broccoli sprouts

    Recently, much attention has been focused on broccoli sprouts, a potent source of one of the most immune-boosting biochemicals: sulforaphane.

    On its own, sulforaphane has been shown to increase levels of several antioxidant compounds by inducing a compound in our cells called NRF-2. This is sometimes called the “master regulator” of antioxidants, meaning it helps increase the production of other antioxidants.

    NRF-2 may play a role in reducing inflammation seen in many diseases such as cancer, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and liver disease.

    Broccoli sprouts are best eaten raw, for example in a salad.

    repeat: RJ Sangosti | Getty

    Most cruciferous vegetables, such as cauliflower and broccoli, contain high amounts of glucoraphanin, which converts to sulforaphane during digestion. However, young broccoli shoots contain between 10 and 100 times more sulforaphane than mature broccoli!

    Broccoli sprouts are best eaten raw – for example, in salads – because the sulforaphane is easily broken down by cooking. I always aim to eat two ounces of broccoli sprouts a week.

    4. Garlic

    Not only does garlic make everything more delicious, but this pungent vegetable contains multiple compounds that regulate the immune system.

    Garlic studies show that it is immunostimulant – increasing the activity of NK cells, a type of immune cell that contains granules containing enzymes that can kill tumor cells or virus-infected cells.

    At the same time, garlic is anti-inflammatory and may be cardioprotective by lowering cholesterol and blood pressure.

    It is also fabulous for fortifying our gut, for several reasons:

    You can incorporate garlic into almost any recipe – so use it whenever you can – and you can also find it in supplement form if you’re not a fan of the taste.

    5. Turmeric

    If I had to pick one culinary compound from nature’s apothecary for its immune-supporting effects, I’d go with turmeric root.

    The bright yellow-orange root is not only a staple in Indian cuisine, but it contains a magical compound called curcumin.

    Annmartianova80 | Twenty20

    The bright yellow-orange root contains a magical compound called curcumin, which has many key benefits:

    Turmeric is an excellent spice to use in cooking, although it gives a bright yellow tint to the skin, tongue and teeth. And, since it is not well absorbed in the gastrointestinal tract, you will need to eat large amounts of it to achieve immune modulating effects.

    Given this, curcumin supplements are the best way to get this beneficial compound. Dosages vary according to need. For general health, I recommend about 1,000 milligrams a day in divided doses.

    Dr. Heather Moday is a board-certified allergist, immunologist and functional medicine physician. She is also the author of “The Immunotype Breakthrough: Your Personalized Plan to Balance Your Immune System, Optimize Your Health, and Build Your Lifelong Resilience.” Follow her on Instagram @theimmunityMD and Facebook.

    Don’t miss:

    These small changes to your weekend routine will boost your week, according to brain science


    If making small changes to your weekend routine could improve your productivity and mood over the coming week, would you do it? Research says it’s possible. The good news is that you don’t have to make huge changes or start doing things you might not like, like yoga or meditation (although if you like those things, they’re certainly good for you).

    A few simple tweaks to how you spend your weekend can make a big difference for the week ahead, if you make those changes with brain science in mind. Try a few of these additions to your routine and see how they work for you.

    1. Get enough sleep.

    The importance of sleep to your brain health simply cannot be overstated. Sleep experts say most of us need at least seven to eight hours of sleep every night, even if we feel like we need less. Ideally, you should never be sleep deprived, which can affect everything from your mood to your leadership skills to your cognitive function. But if you fell behind on sleep during the week, be sure to use the weekend to catch up.

    You can do this by going to bed late, but you don’t have to. Naps create great benefits for the brain, and the weekend can be the perfect time to take a nap.

    2. Get out.

    Spending time in nature benefits your brain and overall health in so many ways that in Japan it’s covered by health insurance. So unless the weather is completely awful, at least plan some time outdoors. Even 15 minutes in nature can make a measurable difference to your mood and outlook. You don’t need to travel in the wild to enjoy these benefits. A park where you are surrounded by trees and other plants also works.

    3. Spend time with people you like.

    Research shows that social isolation can shorten your life as much as smoking. When you’re working during the week, it can be difficult to spend as much time socializing with friends and family as you would like. So be sure to spend time over the weekend with the people you care about the most, whether it’s your spouse or partner, your parents, your children or your closest friends.

    Research shows that loneliness can warp the way you think, and it also makes you more vulnerable to addiction. Whatever you do, don’t spend the whole weekend alone.

    4. Plan your diet for the week.

    Some people like to spend part of the weekend cooking or assembling make-ahead meals which they then store for quick access during the week. It’s a great idea if it’s something you enjoy, but less of a great idea if you see it as a dreaded chore.

    With or without work on the stove, you should think about what you’ll be eating over the coming week if you want optimal mental function. The reason for this is that eating certain foods, especially carbohydrates, has a negative effect on brain function. They can make it difficult to stay alert and productive throughout the afternoon. So you should never have to depend on a sandwich and fries or the pastry tray in the break room to sustain you all day.

    The key is to plan ahead. Make sure you have foods like fruits and nuts, as well as protein-rich options available when you need them. little habits Author BJ Fogg and his partner have a Sunday routine they call SuperFridge in which they fill glass containers in their refrigerator with foods like hard-boiled eggs and raw cut-up vegetables that they can grab quickly. Any variation on this theme that provides you with nutritious foods that you love to eat during the week, and especially during the work day, is good.

    5. Do something fun outside of your normal routine.

    This setting requires a bit of creativity, but it might be the nicest little change you can make. Psychologist Serena Simmons explains that changing up your daily routine has serious benefits for the brain. Our brains are “energy misers” that have evolved to operate on autopilot most of the time, following well-worn neural pathways from which we rarely emerge.

    It’s a good idea to get yourself out of these neural pathways from time to time for several reasons. But here’s one of the most important: it will make your weekends more memorable and, if you break the routine with something fun, it will make them much more enjoyable. Think back to the last time you went on a weekend outing. I bet you remember much more clearly what you did on the outing than what you did for the rest of Saturday and Sunday. That’s because when you step off autopilot, more of your brain is awake and engaged. You will remember this part of your weekend better and face the week with your energy and creativity re-engaged.

    There is a growing audience of Inc.com readers who receive a daily text from me with a micro-challenge or an idea for self-care or motivation. Often they text me back and we end up in a conversation. (Interested in joining? Here’s more information and an invitation to an extended free trial.) Many are entrepreneurs or business leaders, and they tell me how vital it is to approach the week of work feeling rested, alert and at your best. These few small changes can help you get there.

    The opinions expressed here by Inc.com columnists are their own, not those of Inc.com.

    Bronson welcomes new suppliers in March 2022


    At Bronson, everything we do is focused on providing you with the best care possible. That’s why we’re thrilled to have these new vendors on our team.

    • Bronson Trauma Surgery Services welcome Marco Luna, PA-C, to his team. He will work as a specialist in trauma surgery at Bronson Methodist Hospital. Luna received her Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies from Western Michigan University in Kalamazoo, Michigan. He is particularly interested in trauma. Bronson Trauma Surgery Services features Bronson Methodist Hospital’s Level I Trauma Center and is located at 601 John Street, Kalamazoo. Marco can be reached at (269) 341-7140.
    • Bronson LakeView Family Care at Paw Paw (Suite B) welcome Seth VanHeukelom, DO, to his team. Dr. VanHeukelom completed his family medicine residency at the University of Illinois College of Medicine in Peoria, Illinois and is board certified in family medicine. Dr. VanHeukelom earned his medical degree from AT Still University College of Osteopathic Medicine in Kirksville, Missouri. He is particularly interested in procedures, adolescent medicine and sports medicine. Bronson LakeView Family Care at Paw Paw (Suite B) is located at 451 Health Parkway, Suite B, in Paw Paw, Michigan. Dr. VanHeukelom is currently accepting new patients. Call (269) 655-3065 to make an appointment.
    • Bronson Neuroscience Center welcome Theresa McCrumb, NP, to his team. Theresa earned a doctorate in nursing practice from Grand Valley State University in Grand Rapids, Michigan. She earned a master’s degree in nursing from the University of Arizona in Tucson, Arizona. She is particularly interested in multiple sclerosis and Parkinson’s disease. Bronson Neuroscience Center is located at 601 John Street, Suite M-124, Kalamazoo. Thérèse can be reached at (269) 341-7500.
    • Bronson Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo welcome Wendy Bauer, MD to his team. Dr. Bauer completed her residency at William Beaumont Hospital in Royal Oak, Michigan. She is board certified by the American Board of Obstetrics and Gynecology and is a Fellow of the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Dr. Bauer attended medical school at the University of Michigan and earned a bachelor’s degree in molecular, cellular, and developmental biology from the University of Colorado at Boulder. Bronson’s Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo are located at 2854 S 11th Street, Kalamazoo. Dr. Bauer can be reached at (269) 345-6197.
    • Bronson Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo welcome Carly Davis, MD to his team. Dr. Davis completed her residency at St. Joseph Mercy in Ann Arbor, Michigan and is board certified by the American Board of Obstetrics and Gynecology. She attended medical school at Michigan State University College of Human Medicine in East Lansing, Michigan, and earned a bachelor’s degree from Kalamazoo College. Dr. Davis has a particular interest in adolescent gynecology, polycystic ovary syndrome, and robotic surgery. Bronson’s Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo are located at 2854 S 11th Street, Kalamazoo. Dr. Davis can be reached at (269) 345-6197.
    • Bronson Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo welcomes Marcia Johnson, MD to his team. Dr. Johnson completed his residency at St. John’s Hospital in Detroit, Michigan. She attended medical school at Wayne State School of Medicine in Detroit, Michigan and earned a bachelor’s degree in chemistry from Albion College in Albion, Michigan. Dr. Johnson has a particular interest in low risk obstetrics, routine gynecology and robotic surgery. Bronson’s Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo are located at 2854 S 11th Street, Kalamazoo. Dr. Johnson can be reached at (269) 345-6197.
    • Bronson Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo welcome Carter Lomax, Jr., MD to his team. Dr. Lomax completed his residency at Sinai Hospital in Detroit. He is certified by the American Board of Obstetrics and Gynecology. He attended medical school at Louisiana State University in Shreveport, LA. Dr. Lomax has a particular interest in infertility and ultrasound evaluations. Bronson’s Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo are located at 2854 S 11th Street, Kalamazoo. Dr. Lomax can be reached at (269) 345-6197.
    • Bronson Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo welcome Joseph Reithman, MD to his team. Dr. Reithman completed his residency at the University of Virginia in Charlottesville, Va., and is board certified by the American Board of Obstetrics and Gynecology. He attended medical school and earned a bachelor’s degree in biochemistry from Ohio State University in Columbus, OH. Her interests include general obstetrics and gynecology, gynecological surgeries using the Vinci robotic system. In addition, he has a strong interest in fetal ultrasound, development and anatomy. Bronson’s Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo are located at 2854 S 11th Street, Kalamazoo. Dr. Reithman can be reached at (269) 345-6197.
    • Bronson Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo welcome MacKenzie Arnold, NP to his team. MacKenzie earned a master’s degree in nursing from The Ohio State University in Columbus, OH. She is particularly interested in education on contraception and gynecological procedures. Bronson’s Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo are located at 2854 S 11th Street, Kalamazoo. MacKenzie can be reached at (269) 345-6197.
    • Bronson Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo welcome Post of Brittany, PN to his team. Brittany earned a master’s degree in nursing from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in Chapel Hill, North Carolina. She is particularly interested in educating women about contraceptive options, managing breast issues, and performing various gynecological procedures. Bronson’s Obstetrics and Gynecology Specialists in Kalamazoo are located at 2854 S 11th Street, Kalamazoo. Brittany can be reached at (269) 345-6197.

    Love where you work!

    When you choose a career at Bronson, you join a team of professionals who care for each other as much as they care for their patients. Visit bronsonhealth.com/careers to learn more about all career openings available throughout the Bronson Healthcare system.

    • Photo of a happy family

      Providers Across MI Southwest

      From pediatricians and internal physicians to orthopedic surgeons and medical oncologists, Bronson’s team of providers is here for you and your family.

      Find a doctor

    • Photo of a puzzle piece

      Find your perfect career match on Team Bronson

      Whether you work with stethoscopes or spreadsheets, a new opportunity with great benefits awaits!

      To find a job

      Note: COVID-19 vaccination is required for all jobs at Bronson.

    • Illustration of a man with a mask and a bandage on his arm

      Boost your defense

      Make sure you have the best defense against COVID-19 by getting a booster dose of the vaccine.

      Vaccine Information Center

    Paramount Group (NYSE:PGRE) downgraded to Hold at Zacks Investment Research


    Paramount Group (NYSE: PGRE – Get a rating) was downgraded by Zacks Investment Research from a “buy” rating to a “hold” rating in a report released on Friday, Zacks.com reports.

    According to Zacks, “Paramount Group, Inc. is a real estate investment trust focused on owning, operating and managing Class A office properties. It provides asset management, leasing, acquisitions, redevelopment and financing. The company has properties in New York, Washington DC and San Francisco. Paramount Group, Inc. is based in the United States.”

    A number of other stock analysts also commented on PGRE. Mizuho moved Paramount Group shares from a ‘neutral’ rating to a ‘buy’ rating and lowered its price target for the stock from $11.00 to $10.50 in a Thursday research note January 20. Morgan Stanley raised its price target on Paramount Group shares from $10.50 to $14.00 and gave the company an “overweight” rating in a report on Tuesday. Two equity research analysts gave the stock a sell rating, two gave the company a hold rating and two gave the company a buy rating. Based on data from MarketBeat.com, the stock currently has an average rating of “Hold” and an average target price of $11.00.

    NYSE:PGRE shares opened at $10.94 on Friday. The company’s 50-day moving average is $9.21 and its two-hundred-day moving average is $8.99. Paramount Group has a 52-week minimum of $7.79 and a 52-week maximum of $11.65. The company has a market capitalization of $2.40 billion, a P/E ratio of -121.54, a PEG ratio of 9.76 and a beta of 1.25. The company has a current ratio of 4.69, a quick ratio of 4.53 and a debt ratio of 0.86.

    (A d)

    Find out what the future holds with our 2022 future outlook guide.

    This guide uses strategy and expert insights to give you a picture of what lies ahead in the futures markets in 2022.

    Don’t miss your chance to get a head start!

    Paramount Group (NYSE: PGRE – Get a rating) last released its quarterly earnings data on Tuesday, February 22. The financial services provider reported EPS of $0.01 for the quarter, missing the Zacks consensus estimate of $0.23 per ($0.22). Paramount Group had a negative net margin of 2.80% and a negative return on equity of 0.45%. The company posted revenue of $184.22 million for the quarter, versus analyst estimates of $181.88 million. In the same quarter of the previous year, the company had an EPS of $0.24. Paramount Group’s revenue increased by 1.0% compared to the same quarter last year. Analysts predict that Paramount Group will post an EPS of 0.93 for the current year.

    Institutional investors and hedge funds have recently been buying and selling stocks. First Trust Advisors LP increased its stake in Paramount Group by 183.4% in the first quarter. First Trust Advisors LP now owns 106,388 shares of the financial services provider valued at $1,510,000 after buying an additional 68,853 shares in the last quarter. Macquarie Group Ltd. increased its stake in Paramount Group by 48.7% in the second quarter. Macquarie Group Ltd. now owns 97,576 shares of the financial services provider valued at $982,000 after purchasing an additional 31,948 shares last quarter. Goldman Sachs Group Inc. increased its stake in Paramount Group by 47.6% in the second quarter. Goldman Sachs Group Inc. now owns 1,483,547 shares of the financial services provider valued at $14,939,000 after buying an additional 478,168 shares last quarter. Nuveen Asset Management LLC increased its stake in Paramount Group by 43.0% in the second quarter. Nuveen Asset Management LLC now owns 2,537,781 shares of the financial services provider valued at $25,556,000 after purchasing an additional 763,028 shares last quarter. Finally, State Street Corp increased its stake in Paramount Group by 19.7% in the second quarter. State Street Corp now owns 7,431,051 shares of the financial services provider valued at $75,341,000 after buying an additional 1,220,551 shares last quarter. 52.84% of the shares are held by institutional investors and hedge funds.

    About Paramount Group (Get a rating)

    Paramount Group, Inc is a real estate investment and management company. It owns, operates, manages, acquires and redevelops office properties in the central business district submarkets of New York, the District of Columbia and San Francisco. The Company operates through the following geographic segments: New York, San Francisco and Washington.

    Further reading

    Get a Free Copy of Zacks Research Report on Paramount Group (PGRE)

    For more information on Zacks Investment Research’s research offerings, visit Zacks.com

    Analyst Recommendations for Paramount Group (NYSE: PGRE)

    This instant news alert was powered by MarketBeat’s narrative science technology and financial data to provide readers with the fastest and most accurate reports. This story was reviewed by MarketBeat’s editorial team prior to publication. Please send questions or comments about this story to [email protected]

    Should you invest $1,000 in Paramount Group right now?

    Before you consider Paramount Group, you’ll want to hear this.

    MarketBeat tracks daily the highest rated and most successful research analysts on Wall Street and the stocks they recommend to their clients. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the market takes off…and Paramount Group wasn’t on the list.

    While Paramount Group currently has a “Hold” rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.

    See the 5 actions here

    IT exporters applaud tax immunity, hope to bring in $50 billion in 5-6 years


    KARACHI: Experts and the IT industry have hailed the government’s new package granting 100% tax exemption to freelancers and IT companies, calling it beneficial in boosting IT exports to $50 billion in five to six years.

    “Unfortunately, for decades Pakistan has focused only on the physical world,” said Veqar ul Islam, director and managing director of Jaffer Business Systems, an information technology company in Pakistan. “The government used to give policy for the physical world (traditional industries) but there was nothing for the digital world (IT sector) beyond fashion statements.”

    However, he agreed that in recent years Pakistan has taken the “digital world seriously and it is time we moved ahead of brick and mortar mindset only”.

    He also welcomed the recent package that the government announced for the IT sector.

    Prime Minister Imran Khan recently announced a 100% tax exemption for IT companies and freelancers. In the meantime, they have also enjoyed 100% foreign exchange exemption, which means they can collect foreign currency as export remittances. Meanwhile, IT startups have also been exempted from 100% capital gains tax.

    “It’s a good package for the IT industry,” said ICT consultant Parvez Iftikhar. “The youngsters are doing a great job and it would help them improve and attract others as well.”

    He said that Pakistanis, especially young people, now profusely produce software, apps, games and animations for the overseas market. “A lot of animation for Disney has been done by Pakistanis,” he added.

    Khurram Schehzad, CEO of Alpha Beta Core, said the package will also help the IT sector increase its export potential. “Pakistan’s IT sector has an export potential of $50 billion. If the government continues to facilitate the sector, it could reach its true potential within a decade,” he said.

    The Prime Minister said that India’s IT exports had reached $40 billion a year and Pakistan’s IT exports had yet to reach $4 billion despite an increase of 70%.

    Veqar ul Islam agreed that Pakistan’s IT sector has huge potential and praised the government for setting an ambitious target to increase IT exports to $50 billion over the next five to six years. However, he said exports of $20 billion to $25 billion could be achieved over the next five to six years.

    “The IT industry is expected to be Pakistan’s next textile industry. In fact, the computer industry will overtake the textile industry in the future (in terms of exports). However, he said the biggest challenge facing the sector was the “bricks and mortar” mindset in Pakistan.

    People still preferred paper here as the world moved towards digitalization. According to him, this was due to tax evasion and not record keeping.

    Meanwhile, Pervaz Iftikhar said the package for the IT sector was commendable but needed to be complemented by a package for the telecommunications sector, which provides broadband services. “Internet and broadband are the cogs of the IT sector,” he said, urging the government to encourage the communications sector as well.

    A telecommunications industry source, speaking on condition of anonymity, said broadband subscribers did not even make up 50% of the population. The industry has a 34.5% tax and was treated like a luxury industry, which it was not.

    “Telecom services improve productivity,” and if they were inexpensive, it would also improve productivity in the IT sector and IT services, the source said.

    Khurram Schehzad said that startups should also get tax exemptions because they need a lot of cash and taxes hinder that, which also affects performance. “They (startups) would direct their energy and resources towards finding new markets and positioning themselves,” he said.

    He further said that taxation should be simplified as much as possible to help industries focus their energies on their core business rather than getting stuck in diversions.

    Global X Copper Miners ETF (COPX): A Suboptimal Play on Copper


    tunart/E+ via Getty Images


    The Global X Copper Miners ETF (COPX) is an ETF valued at approximately $2 billion that covers a portfolio of 39 mining stocks that derive the majority of their income from copper mining or related activities. With copper futures currently trading above $4.75 a pound, the highest level in years, there is evident excitement about what producer margins could look like, especially more than mine capacity utilization rates are still below levels of around 85% seen in the pre-pandemic period. era of 2018 and 2019. That said, I think it’s also important not to overlook some of the recent political changes in the integral Latin American belt that could perhaps put an end to some of the largesse that these miners could probably accumulate later. line .

    The winds of change in Latam should not be ignored

    Over the years, the Latin American region has taken on a greater role in copper mining; more than 60 years ago, the production of copper mines in this region was only about 750,000 tons, or 19% of total world production; in recent years, production has been closer to 8.5 million tonnes, representing a whopping 41% of global production, and comfortably ahead of other geographies.

    Copper mining production Geographic distribution


    Within Latam, two regions, in particular, stand out; Chile, which represents a third of the world production of copper mines, and Peru, which represents 10%.

    Production of copper mines by country


    Unsurprisingly, the bulk of COPX’s top 10 holdings have significant mining operations in these two regions, so it’s clear that developments here (particularly in Chile) will likely weigh heavily on the fortunes of these stocks. Both countries have recently gone through elections and we have seen the political landscape dominated by more leftist hues; this does not bode well for the long-term prospects of mining companies.

    In Chile, former student activist – Gabriel Boric came out on top, driven primarily by his rhetoric against Chile’s market-driven economic model, which may have spurred the country’s economic progress over the years, but has also led to large-scale social inequalities. Chile is currently in the process of rewriting its constitution and is also preparing a new bill to increase copper royalties and tie them to world copper prices. Basically, what you’re likely to see are some pretty tough measures that will attempt to shift any excess wealth generated by mining companies into various socialist agendas.

    Some proposals being debated include levying a tax on the profitability of copper mining companies’ operating profits while also involving a sales tax of around 3% on gross copper sales (note that even if these companies are not in the dark, they will be anyway should pay taxes). Needless to say, if some of these provisions are eventually passed, Chile-based copper miners are unlikely to take full advantage of the secular demand-driven tailwinds currently brewing in the copper industry.

    The new Chilean constitution will also seek to impose more burdens on miners; for example, water use may be restricted, or only temporary rights granted, in place of the permanent water use rights previously granted. There are also intentions to rescind previous mining concessions granted on indigenous lands (even if these concessions are potentially reinstated, one would think that the mining community could be incentivized to provide pecuniary benefits to indigenous communities). There are also strong suggestions that the Chilean government will seek to nationalize the mines in order to improve the fiscal situation, providing only minimal compensation or no compensation! It might just be once, but also consider that Chile-based miners struggled with production in January, which incidentally was the weakest reading in 11 years!

    In Peru too, the political landscape seems very uncertain (there have been four different cabinets in the last six months and the recently appointed Minister of Mines is not seen as having close ties to the private sector) even though the country is led by left-based Pedro Castillo. Granted, one of Castillo’s early proposals to raise mining taxes was rejected by the Peruvian Congress, but given his leftist intentions, don’t expect that to be the end of it. It should also be noted that mining companies in Peru have struggled to appease indigenous communities and ongoing protests have disrupted production.

    Overall, there currently appears to be a great deal of regulatory and political uncertainty in the Latam region; the questionable investment climate there means that some of the Latam-based constituents of COPX may need to redirect their investment and production plans. The likes of FCX and LUNMF are currently sitting on the fence and waiting for more clarity to emerge.

    Final Thoughts

    China’s slowdown in recent months is undoubtedly concerning for the outlook for copper, but recent reports on factory and construction activity show some form of stabilization there. There are also signs that reforms such as the “property tax” may be stalled for now while further stimulus measures are rolled out there. Ongoing geopolitical tensions and associated sanctions against Russia (the world’s 7th largest copper producer) could further disrupt supply dynamics. Note that copper inventory levels are currently at rather low levels of under 73,000 MT. Meanwhile, the metal also continues to benefit from runaway inflation expectations, as evidenced by the strong correlation with the 10-year equilibrium rate.

    Correlation with inflation broken down over 10 years

    Overall X

    Then, in the longer term, given the continued proliferation of electric vehicles across the broad spectrum of auto sales, a broad copper-driven decarbonization pivot, and a burgeoning “green power” narrative across the world, you would think that this metal has the right ingredients to get started. a potential super-cycle.

    Obviously, there’s a lot to like about copper, but given some of the developments I’ve covered in the previous section, I’m not too sure that COPX is the most optimal way to generate copper. ‘alpha at this point, especially as a ratio of strength ratios and the valuation picture implies unattractive risk-reward.

    Since the 2020 lows, the price of COPX has also risen nearly 5x, and if you compare COPX to an ETN that hedges the Bloomberg Copper Subindex Total Return (JJC), things look pretty high with limited value.

    COPX ETF Price

    Stock charts

    Also note that currently COPX doesn’t seem to have much of an edge when you juxtapose it against a more diversified play such as the iShares MSCI Global Metals & Mining Producers (PICK) ETF. PICK is an ETF that covers miners involved not only in copper, but also in diversified metals and mining, aluminum, steel, precious metals, etc.

    iShares MSCI Global Metals & Mining Producers ETF <span class=

    Stock charts

    COPX is currently trading at a forward P/E multiple of 9x, while PICK is trading at around 22% discount of 7x. The income angle is also more compelling here, with PICK offering a return of over 5%, almost 5 times more than COPX’s corresponding figure of 1.25%.

    Five Reasons Cannabis Could Benefit Epilepsy Patients


    Hemp (Cannabis) Seed oil is gaining popularity in the medical industry. This oil is believed to offer many benefits to improve and soothe health issues. Let’s find out more about hemp seed oil and how hemp seed oil could offer new hope to epilepsy patients.

    Polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) are lipid derivatives of omega-3 (docosahexaenoic acid, DHA and eicosatetraenoic acid, EPA) or omega-6 (arachidonic acid, ARA) are synthesized from membrane phospholipids and used as a precursor of the system endocannabinoid. (ECs) mediate significant effects in fine-tuning the body’s homeostasis.

    According to Mr. Rohit Chauhan who is Researcher in Cannabinoid Extraction and Analysis, Co-Founder – INCARE LAB and Lifetime Scientific Member of Italian Medicinal Cannabis Society, to inform us about the benefits of Hemp Seed Oil on the health of epileptic patients.

    Dr. Rohit Chauhan says: “It is well established that the brain has metabolic needs that must be met by what we eat or, in the case of infants, ‘by what their mother eats’. In particular, dietary fats are fundamentally important for thinking, learning and memory abilities, as well as for resisting or repairing brain damage.

    The human body also needs cannabinoids, which regulate most major bodily functions, including alertness, emotions, inflammation, and protection against cancer. The endocannabinoid system can make a small number of its own cannabinoids, but as 4,000 years of history and decades of scientific research indicate, it works best when supplied with dietary cannabinoids, which also cannot be found naturally only in the cannabis plant.

    The brain can be built from saturated and monounsaturated fats but has a preference for Omega 3 and 6 fatty acids. Research in humans and animals suggests that optimal brain health is achieved when linoleic acid (LA ) and alpha-linoleic acid (ALA) are consumed in a ratio of between 3:1 and 4:1 – A ratio found naturally only in the hemp plant (Cannabis sativa).

    In many types of epilepsy, damage or improper development of glucose receptors on brain cell membranes can deprive brain cells of their preferred source of energy. Glucose is very necessary for the supply of oxygen to brain cells. An inadequate level of glucose in the body can lead to a significant decrease in mental function. In addition, a deficiency in essential fatty acids can lead to instability of brain cell membranes. This leaves the brain susceptible to damage and causing aberrant electrical activity, resulting in seizures which, in turn, can cause further brain damage. It is a vicious circle of deficiency, dysfunction and deterioration.

    A ketogenic diet is one in which the emphasis on MCToil (medium chain triglycerides) found in coconut oil leads to the production of ketones which can serve as an alternative energy source for brain development. . It has shown limited success in improving function in metabolic conditions such as epilepsy, Alzheimer’s disease and Parkinson’s disease.

    One possible reason for the modest success of some ketogenic approaches was the substitution of real foods with highly processed powdered formulas made up mostly of synthetic chemicals. Some even include synthetic sources of omega 3 and 6, the synthetic sweetener sucralose, and genetically modified high fructose corn syrup, all of which are suspected of causing brain damage and seizures.

    Besides trying an alternative energy source, what if it was possible to address the underlying source of brain energy issues? Here are five scientific reasons why cannabis could be beneficial for patients with epilepsy.


    Dysfunction of glucose receptors in the brain has been shown to be linked to membrane instability due to a deficiency of dietary essential fatty acids (EFAs). Restoration of adequate membrane AGE content increases glucose uptake and utilization in brain cells.


    Israeli researchers tested the idea that optimizing AGEs could help prevent seizures in rats. The rats underwent four different treatments known to cause seizures. One group of rats was fed an EFA mixture of LA and ALA in a 4:1 ratio for 3 weeks prior to the experiments and the control group was fed an EFA-deficient diet.

    At the end of the period, all rats underwent procedures to induce convulsions. Over 90% of deficient rats experienced seizures as expected, although rats fed EFAs performed profoundly better. A total of 84% of EFA rats completely stopped having seizures, among the remaining EFA rats, seizure onset was delayed by 2200% and seizure duration was reduced by 97%.

    The researchers attributed this success to the stabilization of brain cell membranes in rats fed EFAs.


    One of the functions of omega 3 and omega 6 fatty acids is to act as oxygen magnets and carriers. Hemoglobin is known to carry oxygen in the body; however, before oxygen can bind to hemoglobin in red blood cells, it must first be drawn in and released into the cells. This is what Omega 3 and Omega 6 do.

    Cystic fibrosis research has shown that as linoleic acid (omega 6) levels in the cell membrane decrease and oleic acid levels increase, the amount of oxygen entering the cell decreases. Linoleic acid, as it occurs naturally in cannabis seed oil, undergoes “reversible oxygenation” much more easily than oleic acid.

    The researchers concluded that a diet that is too high in oleic acid and too low in linoleic acid can impair cell oxygenation.


    Human cells run on electrical energy. The more electrical energy we have, the more alive and healthier we feel.

    This energy ultimately comes from the solar energy that green plants absorb and store electrically in their leaves and fruits. When eaten, the body uses energy to break down the plant until its stored electrical energy is released and available to power the cell.

    LA and ALA are particularly electron-rich molecules. In the 1950s, German physicists discovered that the vibrational frequency of electrons in LA and ALA matches the vibrational frequency of solar energy. This makes LA and ALA perfect receivers and carriers of solar energy.

    They capture this energy through the skin as the blood circulates the oils near the surface of the body and can release it directly into the cells. If we consume enough EFAs and regularly expose our bodies to the sun, we literally act like plants and freely absorb this vital energy from the sun directly into our blood cells.

    It is these oxygenating and energizing processes that renowned German oncologist Johanna Budwig attributes to the rapid recovery her patients have experienced by increasing their intake of AGEs and exposing themselves to enough sunlight each day.


    As mentioned, the brain can produce its own cannabinoids, all of which are made from linoleic acid metabolites found in cannabis seed oil. The receptors that cannabinoids interact with are also made from omega 3 and omega 6.

    Recent research has shown that an omega 3 deficiency leads to the destruction of cannabinoid receptors, leading to various mental, emotional and physical dysfunctions. The entire endocannabinoid system is best fueled by cannabis seed oil.

    In summary, the unique omega 3 and omega 6 fatty acid content of cannabis seed oil may be able to address a number of medically overlooked metabolic issues in epilepsy, as well as optimize the function of the endocannabinoid system. . As more and more research is done on this wonderful medical therapeutic ingredient, its popularity is at an all time high. Have you ever tried?

    (To learn more about hemp (cannabis) seed oil products, visit www.cannarma.com)

    (To receive our E-paper on WhatsApp daily, please click here. We allow the PDF of the paper to be shared on WhatsApp and other social media platforms.)

    Posted: Thursday, March 03, 2022, 11:00 am IST

    Real-time evolution: Stressed roundworm progeny mate


    At the beginning of the 19th century, the French naturalist Jean-Baptiste Lamarck put forward a theory of evolution according to which the adaptations acquired by an organism during its lifetime could be transmitted to its descendants. According to Lamarck, the lanky necks characteristic of modern giraffes, for example, would have emerged as a result of the constant stretching of their ancestors. Although widely praised and popularized in the first half of the century, the theory was thoroughly examined and debunked in the second half.

    But two hundred years later, research has come full circle. Scientists reported in Development cell last month that parental adaptive responses to the environment may not only be passed down from generation to generation, but may even determine the course of evolution – at least in some roundworms.

    Caenorhabditis elegans has become the favorite worm of geneticists over the past few decades. It is a very small roundworm, with a life cycle of only three days. It is also androdioecious, meaning its offspring can be either male or hermaphroditic. Hermaphroditic worms produce both sperm and eggs; for most of their short life they easily self-fertilize. Towards the end, however, as the sperm supply empties, C.elegans releases pheromones that attract male worms for cross-fertilization (the type of fertilization humans are more familiar with).

    Now, new research reveals that the worm’s parental experiences can be passed down for up to 100 generations, says Joel Rothman, a developmental biologist at the University of California, Santa Barbara, who was not involved in the new study. Lamarck’s hypotheses [and explanations] were definitely naive when talking about the inheritance of acquired traits,” he says. “But now we realize he was definitely right to some extent.”

    Worried Worms

    Oded Rechavi, a geneticist at Tel Aviv University in Israel, has long worked to determine how environmental change affects the functioning of genes (or “epigenetics”) in C.elegans. In their latest experiment, he and his team were motivated by a big question: how do ascarid offspring evolve when subjected to constant environmental stress over multiple generations?

    To find out, they raised the roundworms in the lab at 77 degrees Fahrenheit — a temperature that’s just plain uncomfortable for small nematodes. Then the team sat and watched them carefully for generations. “In these verses you can even [observe] over ten generations quite quickly because there are only three days left before the next generation,” explains Rechavi.

    For a few generations, the researchers found that the offspring behaved quite similarly to their stressed parents: the hermaphrodite offspring self-fertilized for most of their lives and only outcrossed at the end. But after nearly ten generations of exposure to stress, the team noticed that the offspring were in a hurry – they were secreting pheromones that attracted males and fertilized earlier in life.

    The worms obviously didn’t know if this rapid cross-fertilization would work, but it was their best bet. Rothman explains that the stressed worms passed the strategy on to their children and grandchildren, almost as if to say, “Guys, we’ve been stressed. Unless you have more news, go ahead and watch. We have to fix things.

    The biomolecules to blame

    After delving into the cellular mechanisms behind this change in behavior, Rothman and his team discovered the biomolecules responsible: small ribonucleic acids. Small RNAs are secreted by every cell in the worm’s body, but one of its important functions is to regulate sperm genes. The researchers found that at higher temperatures, small RNAs did not work well. Because of this defect, Rechavi says, “they probably couldn’t fertilize their own eggs too, so they started producing the pheromones attracting the males earlier.”

    Wondering why the worms waited a few generations before making the switch? Rechavi speculates that something in the biology of the worms must first accumulate: “Perhaps the disruption of the hereditary small RNA pool becomes so large that it crosses some sort of threshold.”

    Shouhong Guang, a molecular geneticist from the University of Science and Technology of China who was not involved in the study, calls the research effort wonderful. Indeed, the findings could reshape our understanding of the role and mechanism of hermaphrodite behavior in animal evolution. “How each species chooses its reproductive strategy will determine whether the species could increase its own copies of genes in the animal kingdom, over millions of years of evolution,” Guang says.

    While things aren’t crystal clear just yet, there’s plenty to be excited about. “Simple model organisms often provide the first evidence,” says Rechavi, describing how 19th-century mathematician and biologist Gregor Mendel discovered various rules of genetics while studying pea plants – long before science knew anything about them. either on DNA or chromosomes.

    Of course, the prospects of epigenetics and its implications for human evolution are also fascinating. Rechavi hopes this kind of mechanism is conserved in humans as well, “but we have to say very explicitly that we don’t currently know that,” he says.

    Meanwhile, Rothman, who is expecting a new grandchild in a few weeks, adds that the very idea of ​​”how my life experiences can [biologically] Touching them gives me chills.

    The automotive plastics market is growing at a rate of 9%


    LONDON, March 02, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — According to The Business Research Company’s automotive plastics market research report, the growing demand for light-duty and electric vehicles is contributing significantly to the growth of the automotive plastics market. The increase in the use of plastic components in the automotive industry has spurred advancements in automotive design. It also reduces fuel consumption in vehicles because less weight requires less energy when the vehicle is accelerated. According to the International Energy Agency (IEA), global electric car sales reached a record 3 million in 2020, a 40% increase from 2019. It is estimated that there will be 10 million electric cars on the road within the next decade. Hence, the growing demand for light-duty and electric vehicles is driving the growth of the automotive plastics market.

    The size of the global automotive plastics market is expected to grow from $33.37 billion in 2021 to $36.29 billion in 2022 at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 8.77%. The growth of the market is mainly due to the reorganization of business operations and the recovery from the impact of COVID-19, which had previously led to restrictive containment measures involving social distancing, remote working and closure of businesses. business activities that resulted in operational challenges. . The automotive plastics market is expected to reach $51.19 billion in 2026 at CAGR of 8.98%.

    Demand for a sample of the world automotive plastics market report

    Technological advancement is a key trend gaining popularity in the automotive plastics market. Technological progress is the discovery of knowledge that advances the understanding of technology. For example, in 2021, Covestro AG launched a new 3D printing material, recycled polyethylene terephthalate (rPET), which is used for 3D printing pellets using a technology known as manufacturing. of fused granules (FGF), which helps in the manufacture of large sizes. rooms. This technology has applications in the automotive industry for the manufacture of interior parts.

    The major players in the automotive plastics market are BASF SE, Borealis AG, Covestro AG, DuPont, Evonik Industries, SABIC, Magna International, Inc., Akzo Nobel NV, Arkema SA, Grupo Antolin-Irausa SA, LyondellBasell Industries Holdings BV, Momentive Performance Materials Inc., Teijin Limited, The Dow Chemical Company and Zoltek Companies Inc.

    The global automotive plastics market outlook is segmented by vehicle type into conventional/traditional vehicles, electric vehicles; by product type in polypropylene (PP), polyurethane (PU), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyamide (PA), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), high density polyethylene (HDPE), polycarbonate (PC), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) ); by application indoors, outdoors, under the hood.

    Asia Pacific was the greater region in the automotive plastics market in 2021. Asia Pacific should be the fastest growing region in the forecast period. Regions covered in the Automotive Plastics market report are Asia-Pacific, Western Europe, Eastern Europe, North America, South America, Middle East and South America. ‘Africa.

    The Global Automotive Plastics Market Report 2022 – Global Market Size, Trends and Forecasts 2022-2026 is part of a series of new reports by The Business Research Company that provide Automotive Plastics market overviews, market analysis of Automotive Plastics and forecast market size and growth for the overall market, Automotive Plastics Market segments and geographies, Automotive Plastics Market trends, Automotive Plastics Market drivers, Automotive Plastics Market restraints, Revenues, profiles and market shares of key competitors in over 1,000 industry reports, covering over 2,500 market segments and 60 geographies.

    The report also gives an in-depth analysis of the impact of COVID-19 on the market. The reports are based on 150,000 datasets, extensive secondary research and proprietary insights from interviews with industry leaders. A highly experienced and expert team of analysts and modellers provide market analysis and forecasts. The reports identify key countries and segments for opportunities and strategies based on market trends and key competitor approaches.

    Not the market you are looking for? To verify some ssimilar Marlet intelligence reports:

    Global Automotive Lightweight Materials Market Report 2021 – By Material Type (Metals, Composites, Plastics, Elastomer), By Vehicle Type (Passenger Vehicle, Light-Duty Vehicle, Heavy-Duty Vehicle), By Application (Body-in-White, Chassis & Suspension, Powertrain, Closures, Interiors), COVID-19 Impact & Recovery

    Global Plastic and Rubber Products Market Report 2021 – By Type (Rubber Products, Plastic Products), By End-User Industry (Automotive & Transportation, Electrical & Electronics, Medical, Construction), Impact & Recovery of COVID-19

    Global Electric Car Market Report 2021 – By Type (Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV), Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV), Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)), By Battery Type (Lithium Iron Phosphate (LFP) , lithium–nickel-manganese-cobalt oxide (Li-NMC), lithium-titanate oxide (LTO) battery, lithium-nickel-cobalt-aluminum oxide (NCA) battery, nickel-metal hydride battery ( Nimh), Lead-Acid Battery), by Application (Home Use, Commercial Use), COVID-19 Growth and Change

    Want to know more about The Business Research Company?

    The Business Research Company is a market intelligence firm that excels in business, market and consumer research. Located around the world, it has consultants specializing in a wide range of industries, including manufacturing, healthcare, financial services, chemicals and technology.

    The most comprehensive database in the world

    The Business Research Company’s flagship product, Global Market Model, is a market intelligence platform covering various macroeconomic indicators and measures across 60 geographies and 27 industries. The Global Market Model covers multi-layered datasets that help its users assess gaps between supply and demand.


    HDP MP Güzel’s immunity lifted over links to PKK terrorist


    The Turkish Parliament has revoked the legislative immunity of pro-PKK People’s Democratic Party (HDP) MP from Diyarbakır, Semra Güzel, for her relationship with a PKK terrorist.

    The General Assembly held a vote to decide on his legislative immunity after parliamentary committee members submitted a report regarding his immunity.

    The HDP requested a challenge based on the constitutionality of the report before it was submitted to Parliament, but the request was rejected by Deputy Speaker of Parliament Celal Adan.

    HDP Group Vice President Hakkı Saruhan Oluç spoke on behalf of the party in defense of Güzel in a three-hour speech. He claimed that visiting the PKK camps alone was not sufficient evidence to launch an investigation and that people who visited the terrorist camps could not be called terrorist members.

    Some 365 MPs voted in the first round, of which 313 voted ‘yes’ and 52 voted ‘no’ to waive the immunity of the HDP MP. In the second round, 327 lawmakers voted in favor of waiving his immunity, while 52 voted against.

    HDP lawmakers reacted against the decision by holding up signs expressing their disapproval.

    The decision should pave the way for criminal charges against Güzel.

    Photos of Güzel with PKK terrorist Volkan Bora were widely circulated in Turkish media in January.

    PKK terrorist Volkan Bora, nicknamed “Koçero Meleti”, whom the HDP MP claimed was her fiancé, was one of the perpetrators of two terrorist attacks in Adıyaman province. He was part of the terrorist squad that killed the gendarmerie corporal. Müsellim Ünal, a soldier named Mücahit Şimşek on June 24, 2016, and a village guard named Yusuf Sönmez on September 9, 2016.

    Bora was killed during a counter-terrorism operation in Adıyaman province in southeastern Turkey in 2017.

    A report seeking to end his immunity has been submitted to the office of the Speaker of Parliament and the joint committee formed by lawmakers from the Constitution and Justice Committee will debate it on Thursday.

    Güzel defended the photos, saying she was engaged to the terrorist and the photos were being used as “propaganda” to target her.

    She said they got engaged after dating while in college and she couldn’t see him between 2009 and 2014.

    She claimed that she traveled to northern Iraq between 2013 and 2015, during the reconciliation period, to see her “dear loved one” and that she was not a member of any political party in the time. But a witness noted that she also met him in 2016.

    The HDP has come under public criticism for transferring taxpayers’ money and funds to the PKK, an internationally recognized terrorist group. HDP mayors and local officials are known to have diverted funds to the PKK and provided jobs for the group’s sympathizers.

    Sabah’s daily newsletter

    Keep up to date with what is happening in Turkey, in its region and in the world.

    You can unsubscribe anytime. By signing up, you agree to our Terms of Service and Privacy Policy. This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.